all | frequencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exhibits | applications |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
manuals | photos | labels |
app s | submitted / available | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
various |
|
(8260D2W) UserMan | Users Manual | 4.80 MiB | ||||
various |
|
(8260D2W) UserMan Part1 | Users Manual | 4.98 MiB | ||||
various |
|
(8260D2W) UserMan Part2 | Users Manual | 295.95 KiB | ||||
various |
|
Information Guide | Users Manual | 1.31 MiB | July 30 2016 | |||
various |
|
(8260D2W) Inpho SAR | Internal Photos | 2.56 MiB | ||||
various |
|
(8260D2W) Inpho SAR 20170330 | Internal Photos | 2.74 MiB | May 04 2017 | |||
various |
|
(8260D2W) Expho | External Photos | 259.54 KiB | May 25 2016 | |||
various |
|
(8260D2W) Expho SAR | External Photos | 327.36 KiB | ||||
various |
|
(8260D2W) Expho SAR 20170405 | External Photos | 247.52 KiB | May 04 2017 | |||
various |
|
(8260D2W) LabelLoc | ID Label/Location Info | 38.05 KiB | ||||
various |
|
(8260D2W) Labelsmpl | ID Label/Location Info | 41.62 KiB | ||||
various |
|
(8260D2W) ATTESTATION | Cover Letter(s) | 15.42 KiB | ||||
various |
|
(8260D2W) Class II Change | Cover Letter(s) | 22.79 KiB | ||||
various |
|
(8260D2W) Confidentiality Request | Cover Letter(s) | 25.58 KiB | ||||
various |
|
(8260D2W) DTS-UNII Declaration letter | Cover Letter(s) | 35.99 KiB | ||||
various |
|
(8260D2W) Declaration of authorization | Cover Letter(s) | 17.17 KiB | ||||
various |
|
(8260D2W) Doc Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 19.46 KiB | ||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various | Test Setup Photos | |||||||
various | Confidential (8260D2W) BlkDia | Block Diagram | July 18 2017 | confidential | ||||
various | Confidential (8260D2W) OPDes 20170717 | Operational Description | July 18 2017 | confidential | ||||
various | Confidential (8260D2W) Schem | Schematics | July 18 2017 | confidential | ||||
various | Test Report | July 19 2017 | ||||||
various |
|
(8260D2W) Confidentiality | Cover Letter(s) | 266.24 KiB | May 04 2017 | |||
various | RF Exposure Info | May 04 2017 | ||||||
various | Confidential (8260D2W) BlkDia 20170330 | Block Diagram | April 05 2017 | confidential | ||||
various | Confidential (8260D2W) OPDes | Operational Description | April 05 2017 | confidential | ||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various | Confidential (8260D2W) BlkDia 0327 | Block Diagram | March 28 2017 | confidential | ||||
various | Confidential (8260D2W) OPDes 0327 | Operational Description | March 28 2017 | confidential | ||||
various | RF Exposure Info | August 18 2016 | ||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | |||||||
various |
|
C2PC Cover Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 59.56 KiB | July 30 2016 | |||
various | RF Exposure Info | July 30 2016 | ||||||
various | RF Exposure Info | July 30 2016 | ||||||
various |
|
Test Result Authorization | Cover Letter(s) | 82.85 KiB | July 30 2016 | |||
various | Test Setup Photos | July 30 2016 | ||||||
various |
|
Attestation regarding Authorized Operation | Attestation Statements | 14.96 KiB | July 30 2016 | |||
various |
|
Declation of Client Mode | Attestation Statements | 57.59 KiB | July 30 2016 | |||
various | RF Exposure Info | July 30 2016 | ||||||
various |
|
Software Security Declaration | Operational Description | 147.12 KiB | July 30 2016 | |||
various | Test Report | July 30 2016 | ||||||
various | Test Setup Photos | July 30 2016 | ||||||
various |
|
(8260D2W) ACB-Form-FCC-Application-Letters | Cover Letter(s) | 23.11 KiB | May 25 2016 | |||
various |
|
(8260D2W) Declaration letter for electrically identical | Cover Letter(s) | 49.12 KiB | May 25 2016 | |||
various |
|
(8260D2W) FCC Auth Ltr Change of ID | Cover Letter(s) | 124.92 KiB | May 25 2016 | |||
various |
|
(8260D2W) RF 160 03, Declaration of authorization | Cover Letter(s) | 17.14 KiB | May 25 2016 | |||
various | RF Exposure Info | May 25 2016 |
various | (8260D2W) UserMan | Users Manual | 4.80 MiB |
E12160 First Edition January 2017 E-Manual COPYRIGHT INFORMATION No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (ASUS). ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DATA, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT. Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the owners benefit, without intent to infringe. SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT. Copyright 2017 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Circumstances may arise where because of a default on ASUS part or other liability, you are entitled to recover damages from ASUS. In each such instance, regardless of the basis on which you are entitled to claim damages from ASUS, ASUS is liable for no more than damages for bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property and tangible personal property; or any other actual and direct damages resulted from omission or failure of performing legal duties under this Warranty Statement, up to the listed contract price of each product. ASUS will only be responsible for or indemnify you for loss, damages or claims based in contract, tort or infringement under this Warranty Statement. This limit also applies to ASUS suppliers and its reseller. It is the maximum for which ASUS, its suppliers, and your reseller are collectively responsible. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS ASUS LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: (1) THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES; (2) LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO, YOUR RECORDS OR DATA; OR (3) SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR ANY ECONOMIC CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS), EVEN IF ASUS, ITS SUPPLIERS OR YOUR RESELLER IS INFORMED OF THEIR POSSIBILITY. SERVICE AND SUPPORT Visit our multi-language website at https://www.asus.com/support/
2 Notebook PC E-Manual Table of Contents About this manual .....................................................................................................7 Conventions used in this manual .............................................................................8 Icons ....................................................................................................................................8 Typography .......................................................................................................................8 Safety precautions .....................................................................................................9 Using your Notebook PC ..............................................................................................9 Caring for your Notebook PC .....................................................................................10 Proper disposal ................................................................................................................11 Chapter 1: Hardware Setup Getting to know your Notebook PC ...................................................................14 Top View .............................................................................................................................14 Bottom ................................................................................................................................17 Right Side ..........................................................................................................................18 Left Side .............................................................................................................................20 ASUS Pen (on selected models) ............................................................................22 Inserting the battery .....................................................................................................22 Mini Dock (on selected models) ...........................................................................23 Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC Getting started ...........................................................................................................26 Charge your Notebook PC ...........................................................................................26 Lift to open the display panel ....................................................................................28 Press the power button ................................................................................................28 Gestures for the touch screen panel and touchpad .....................................29 Using touch screen panel gestures ..........................................................................29 Using the touchpad .......................................................................................................32 Using the keyboard ...................................................................................................39 Function keys ...................................................................................................................39 Rotating the display panel .....................................................................................41 3 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 Starting for the first time .........................................................................................44 Start menu ...................................................................................................................45 Windows apps ..........................................................................................................47 Working with Windows apps....................................................................................48 Customizing Windows apps .....................................................................................48 Task view .......................................................................................................................51 Snap feature ................................................................................................................52 Snap hotspots ..................................................................................................................52 Action Center ..............................................................................................................54 Other keyboard shortcuts ......................................................................................55 Connecting to wireless networks ........................................................................57 Wi-Fi .....................................................................................................................................57 Bluetooth ...........................................................................................................................58 Airplane mode .................................................................................................................59 Turning your Notebook PC off ..............................................................................60 Putting your Notebook PC to sleep ....................................................................61 Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) The Power-On Self-Test (POST) .............................................................................64 Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot......................................................64 BIOS ................................................................................................................................64 Accessing BIOS ................................................................................................................64 BIOS Settings ....................................................................................................................65 Recovering your system ..........................................................................................72 Performing a recovery option ....................................................................................73 4 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs Useful tips for your Notebook PC ........................................................................76 Hardware FAQs ...........................................................................................................77 Software FAQs .............................................................................................................80 Appendices DVD-ROM Drive Information ......................................................................................84 Blu-ray ROM Drive Information .................................................................................86 Internal Modem Compliancy .....................................................................................86 Overview ............................................................................................................................87 Network Compatibility Declaration .........................................................................87 Non-Voice Equipment ...................................................................................................87 Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement ...................90 FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement .................................91 RF Exposure Information (SAR) ..................................................................................91 CE Mark Warning .............................................................................................................92 IC Radiation Exposure Statement for Canada ......................................................93 Dclaration dIndustrie Canada relative lexposition aux ondes radio ....94 Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information ........................................................95 Informations concernant lexposition aux tilizeive radio (RF) ........................95 Wireless Operation Channel for Different Domains ...........................................96 France Restricted Wireless Frequency Bands .......................................................96 UL Safety Notices ............................................................................................................98 Power Safety Requirement ..........................................................................................99 TV Notices .........................................................................................................................99 5 Notebook PC E-Manual REACH .................................................................................................................................99 Macrovision Corporation Product Notice ..............................................................99 Prevention of Hearing Loss .........................................................................................99 Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) ...........................................100 Optical Drive Safety Information ..............................................................................101 CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) ..............................102 ENERGY STAR complied product ..............................................................................104 Global Environmental Regulation Compliance and Declaration ..................104 ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ..........................................................................105 Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America.............................105 Regional notice for California .....................................................................................105 Regional notice for Singapore ...................................................................................105 Regional notice for India ..............................................................................................106 Notices for removable batteries ................................................................................106 Avis concernant les batteries remplaables..........................................................106 Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ...............................................................107 6 Notebook PC E-Manual About this manual This manual provides information about the hardware and software features of your Notebook PC, organized through the following chapters:
Chapter 1: Hardware Setup This chapter details the hardware components of your Notebook PC. Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC This chapter shows you how to use the different parts of your Notebook PC. Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 This chapter provides an overview of using Windows 10 in your Notebook PC. Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) This chapter shows you how to use POST to change the settings of your Notebook PC. Tips and FAQs This section presents some recommended tips, hardware FAQs, and software FAQs you can refer to for maintaining and fixing common issues with your Notebook PC. Appendices This section includes notices and safety statements for your Notebook PC. 7 Notebook PC E-Manual Conventions used in this manual To highlight key information in this manual, some text are presented as follows:
IMPORTANT! This message contains vital information that must be followed to complete a task. NOTE: This message contains additional information and tips that can help complete tasks. WARNING! This message contains important information that must be followed to keep you safe while performing tasks and prevent damage to your Notebook PC's data and components. Icons The icons below indicate the devices you can use for completing a series of tasks or procedures on your Notebook PC.
= Use the touch screen panel.
= Use the touchpad.
= Use the keyboard. Typography Bold
= This indicates a menu or an item that must be selected. Italic
= This indicates sections that you can refer to in this manual. 8 Notebook PC E-Manual Safety precautions Using your Notebook PC This Notebook PC should only be used in environments with ambient temperatures between 5C (41F) and 35C (95F). Refer to the rating label on the bottom of your Notebook PC and ensure that your power adapter complies with this rating. Do not leave your Notebook PC on your lap or near any part of your body to prevent discomfort or injury from heat exposure. Do not use damaged power cords, accessories, and other peripherals with your Notebook PC. While powered on, ensure that you do not carry or cover your Notebook PC with any materials that can reduce air circulation. Do not place your Notebook PC on uneven or unstable work surfaces. You can send your Notebook PC through x-ray machines (used on items placed on conveyor belts), but do not expose them to magnetic detectors and wands. Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. 9 Notebook PC E-Manual Caring for your Notebook PC Disconnect the AC power and remove the battery pack (if applicable) before cleaning your Notebook PC. Use a clean cellulose sponge or chamois cloth dampened with a solution of nonabrasive detergent and a few drops of warm water. Remove any extra moisture from your Notebook PC using a dry cloth. Do not use strong solvents such as thinners, benzene, or other chemicals on or near your Notebook PC. Do not place objects on top of your Notebook PC. Do not expose your Notebook PC to strong magnetic or electrical fields. Do not use or expose your Notebook PC near liquids, rain, or moisture. Do not expose your Notebook PC to dusty environments. Do not use your Notebook PC near gas leaks. 10 Notebook PC E-Manual Proper disposal Do not throw your Notebook PC in municipal waste. This product has been designed to enable proper reuse of parts and recycling. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product
(electrical, electronic equipment and mercury-
containing button cell battery) should not be placed in municipal waste. Check local regulations for disposal of electronic products. Do not throw the battery in municipal waste. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the battery should not be placed in municipal waste. 11 Notebook PC E-Manual 12 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 1:
Hardware Setup 13 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting to know your Notebook PC Top View NOTE: The keyboard's layout may vary per region or country. The Notebook view may also vary in appearance depending on the Notebook PC model. 14 Notebook PC E-Manual Array microphones The array microphones feature echo canceling, noise suppression, and beam forming functions for better voice recognition and audio recording. Camera The built-in camera allows you to take pictures or record videos using your Notebook PC. 360-adjustable touch screen panel Your Notebook PCs touch screen panel can be adjusted all the way into a 360 angle. This feature allows you to quickly turn your device from a Notebook PC into a touch-enabled tablet PC. This high-definition touch screen panel provides excellent viewing features for photos, videos, and other multimedia files on your Notebook PC. It also allows you to operate it using touch screen gestures. NOTE: For more details on how to turn your Notebook PC into a tablet device, refer to the Rotating the display panel section in this manual. 15 Notebook PC E-Manual Keyboard The keyboard provides full-sized QWERTY keys with a comfortable travel depth for typing. It also enables you to use the function keys, allows quick access to Windows, and controls other multimedia functions. NOTE: The keyboard layout differs by model or territory. Touchpad The touchpad allows the use of multi-gestures to navigate onscreen, providing an intuitive user experience. It also simulates the functions of a regular mouse. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the touchpad section in this manual. 16 Notebook PC E-Manual Bottom NOTE: The bottom side may vary in appearance depending on model. WARNING! The bottom of the Notebook PC can get warm to hot while in use or while charging the battery pack. When working on your Notebook PC, do not place it on surfaces that can block the vents. IMPORTANT! Battery time varies by usage and by the specifications for this Notebook PC. The battery pack cannot be disassembled. Audio speakers The built-in audio speakers allow you to hear audio straight from your Notebook PC. Audio features are software-controlled. 17 Notebook PC E-Manual Right Side Power button Press the power button to turn your Notebook PC on or off. You can also use the power button to put your Notebook PC to sleep or hibernate mode and wake it up from sleep or hibernate mode. In the event that your Notebook PC becomes unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least four (4) seconds until your Notebook PC shuts down. Volume button This button turns the volume up or down on your Notebook PC. Power indicator The power indicator lights up when the Notebook PC is turned on and blinks slowly when the Notebook PC is in sleep mode. 18 Notebook PC E-Manual Fingerprint sensor This built-in fingerprint sensor captures your fingerprint and uses it as biometric authentication for logging on to your Notebook PCs system. USB Type-C port The USB (Universal Serial Bus) Type-C port provides a transfer rate of up to 5 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. NOTE: Transfer rate of this port may vary per model. 19 Notebook PC E-Manual Left Side USB Type-C/DisplayPort/Power (DC) input combo port The USB (Universal Serial Bus) Type-C port provides a transfer rate of up to 5 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. Use a USB Type-C adapter to connect your Notebook PC to an external display. Insert the bundled power adapter into this port to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. NOTE: Transfer rate of this port may vary per model. WARNING! The adapter may become warm to hot while in use. Do not cover the adapter and keep it away from your body while it is connected to a power source. IMPORTANT! It may take longer to fully charge your Notebook PC through a low-voltage power source. Use only the bundled power adapter to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. 20 Notebook PC E-Manual Headphone/Headset/Microphone jack This port allows you to connect amplified speakers or headphones. You can also use this port to connect your headset or an external microphone. Two-color battery charge indicator The two-color LED provides a visual indication of the batterys charge status. Refer to the following table for details:
Color Solid White Solid Orange Blinking Orange Lights off Status The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source and the battery power is between 95% and 100%. The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source, charging its battery, and the battery power is less than 95%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is less than 10%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is between 10% to 100%. Air vents The air vents allow cool air to enter and warm air to exit the Notebook PC. WARNING! Ensure that paper, books, clothing, cables, or other objects do not block any of the air vents or else overheating may occur. 21 Notebook PC E-Manual ASUS Pen (on selected models) Right-click button You can use this button to enable the right-click function. Eraser button You can use this button to enable the eraser function. Inserting the battery 1. Remove the top half of the stylus. 2. Remove the sticker and insert the battery, noting the correct polarity. 3. Return the top half of the stylus into place. 22 Notebook PC E-Manual Mini Dock (on selected models) Power (DC) input port HDMI port USB 3.0 port USB Type-C cable 23 Notebook PC E-Manual 24 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 2:
Using your Notebook PC 25 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting started Charge your Notebook PC A. B. Plug the AC power adapter into a 100V~240V power source. Connect the DC power connector into your Notebook PCs power
(DC) input port. Charge the Notebook PC for 3 hours before using it in battery mode for the first time. NOTE: The power adapter may vary in appearance, depending on models and your region. IMPORTANT!
Power adapter information:
Input voltage: 100-240Vac Input frequency: 50-60Hz Rating output current: 2.25A max. (45W) Rating output voltage: 20V 26 Notebook PC E-Manual IMPORTANT!
Locate the input/output rating label on your Notebook PC and ensure that it matches the input/output rating information on your power adapter. Some Notebook PC models may have multiple rating output currents based on the available SKU. Ensure that your Notebook PC is connected to the power adapter before turning it on for the first time. We strongly recommend that you use a grounded wall socket while using your Notebook PC on power adapter mode. The socket outlet must be easily accessible and near your Notebook PC. To disconnect your Notebook PC from its main power supply, unplug your Notebook PC from the power socket. WARNING!
Read the following precautions for your Notebook PCs battery:
Only ASUS-authorized technicians should remove the battery inside the device (for non-removable battery only). The battery used in this device may present a risk of fire or chemical burn if removed or disassembled. Follow the warning labels for your personal safety. Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Do not dispose of in fire. Never attempt to short-circuit your Notebook PCs battery. Never attempt to disassemble and reassemble the battery
(for non-removable battery only). Discontinue usage if leakage is found. The battery and its components must be recycled or disposed of properly. Keep the battery and other small components away from children. 27 Notebook PC E-Manual Lift to open the display panel Press the power button 28 Notebook PC E-Manual Gestures for the touch screen panel and touchpad Gestures allow you to launch programs and access the settings of your Notebook PC. Refer to the following illustrations when using hand gestures on your touch screen panel and touchpad. NOTE:
The following screenshots are for reference only. The touch screen panels appearance may vary depending on model. The touch screen panel is available on selected models. Using touch screen panel gestures The gestures allow you to launch programs and access the settings of your Notebook PC. The functions can be activated by using the hand gestures on your Notebook PCs touch screen panel. Left edge swipe Right edge swipe Swipe from the left edge of the screen to launch Task view. Swipe from the right edge of the screen to launch Action Center. 29 Notebook PC E-Manual Tap/Double-tap Press and hold Tap an app to select it. Double-tap an app to launch it. Press and hold to open the right-
click menu. Zoom in Zoom out Spread apart your two fingers on the touch screen panel. Bring together your two fingers on the touch screen panel. 30 Notebook PC E-Manual Finger slide Drag Slide your finger to scroll up and down and slide your finger to pan the screen left or right. Drag to create a selection box around multiple items. Drag and drop an item to move it to a new location. 31 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the touchpad Moving the pointer You can tap anywhere on the touchpad to activate its pointer, then slide your finger on the touchpad to move the pointer onscreen. Slide horizontally Slide vertically Slide diagonally 32 Notebook PC E-Manual One-finger gestures Tap/Double-tap Tap an app to select it. Double-tap an app to launch it. Drag and drop Double-tap an item, then slide the same finger without lifting it off the touchpad. To drop the item to its new location, lift your finger from the touchpad. 33 Notebook PC E-Manual Left-click Right-click Click an app to select it. Double-click an app to launch it. Click this button to open the right-
click menu. NOTE: The areas inside the dotted line represent the locations of the left mouse button and the right mouse button on the touchpad. Two-finger gestures Tap Tap two fingers on the touchpad to simulate the right-click function. 34 Notebook PC E-Manual Two-finger scroll (up/down) Two-finger scroll (left/right) Slide two fingers to scroll up or down. Slide two fingers to scroll left or right. Zoom out Zoom in Bring together your two fingers on the touchpad. Spread apart your two fingers on the touchpad. 35 Notebook PC E-Manual Drag and drop Select an item then press and hold the left button. Using your other finger, slide on the touchpad to drag the item, lift your finger off the button to drop the item. Three-finger gestures Tap Tap three fingers on the touchpad to invoke Cortana. 36 Notebook PC E-Manual Swipe left/Swipe right If you opened multiple apps, swipe three fingers left or right to switch between these apps. Swipe up Swipe down Swipe up to see an overview of all the apps currently opened. Swipe down to show the desktop. 37 Notebook PC E-Manual Four-finger gestures Tap Tap four fingers on the touchpad to invoke Action Center. Customizing your touchpad Launch All settings from the Action Center. Select Devices, then select Mouse & touchpad. Adjust the settings to your preference. 1. 2. 3. 38 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the keyboard Function keys The function keys on your Notebook PCs keyboard can trigger the following commands:
Puts the Notebook PC into Sleep mode Turns Airplane mode on or off NOTE: When enabled, the Airplane mode disables all wireless connectivity. Decreases brightness for the backlit keyboard Increases brightness for the backlit keyboard Decreases display brightness Increases display brightness Turns the display panel on or off Toggles the display mode NOTE: Ensure that the second display is connected to your Notebook PC. 39 Notebook PC E-Manual Enables or disables the touchpad Turns the speaker on or off Turns the speaker volume down Turns the speaker volume up Displays the drop-down menu Launches the ASUS Touchpad Handwriting*
* On selected models 40 Notebook PC E-Manual Rotating the display panel Your Notebook PCs display panel is adjustable up to 360 degrees. You may adjust the display panel as shown below. 360 degrees adjustable Notebook PC mode 41 Notebook PC E-Manual Stand mode Tent mode Tablet mode NOTE: Rotating the screen to Stand, Tent and Tablet mode will disable the keyboard and touchpad. 42 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3:
Working with Windows 10 43 Notebook PC E-Manual Starting for the first time When you start your Notebook PC for the first time, a series of screens appear to guide you in configuring your Windows 10 operating system. To start your Notebook PC for the first time:
1. 2. 3. 4. Press the power button on your Notebook PC. Wait for a few minutes until the setup screen appears. From the setup screen, pick your region and a language to use on your Notebook PC. Carefully read the License Terms. Select I accept. Follow the onscreen instructions to configure the following basic items:
Personalize Get online Settings Your account 5. After configuring the basic items, Windows 10 proceeds to install your apps and preferred settings. Ensure that your Notebook PC is kept powered on during the setup process. 6. Once the setup process is complete, the Desktop appears. NOTE: The screenshots in this chapter are for reference only. 44 Notebook PC E-Manual Start menu The Start menu is the main gateway to your Notebook PCs programs, Windows apps, folders, and settings. Change account settings, lock, or sign out from your account Launch an app from the Start screen Launch Taskview Launch an app from the taskbar Launch Search Launch the Start menu Launch All apps Shut down, restart, or put your Notebook PC to sleep Launch Settings Launch File Explorer You can use the Start menu to do these common activities:
Start programs or Windows apps Open commonly used programs or Windows apps Adjust Notebook PC settings Get help with the Windows operating system Turn off your Notebook PC Log off from Windows or switch to a different user account 45 Notebook PC E-Manual Launching the Start menu Tap the Start button your desktop. in the lower-left corner of Position your mouse pointer over the Start button in the lower-left corner of your desktop then click it. Press the Windows logo key on your keyboard. Opening programs from the Start menu One of the most common uses of the Start menu is opening programs installed on your Notebook PC. Tap the program to launch it. Position your mouse pointer over the program then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the programs. Press to launch it. NOTE: Select All apps at the bottom of the left pane to display a full list of programs and folders on your Notebook PC in alphabetical order. 46 Notebook PC E-Manual Windows apps These are apps pinned on the right pane of the Start menu and displayed in tiled-format for easy access. NOTE: Some Windows apps require signing in to your Microsoft account before they are fully launched. 47 Notebook PC E-Manual Working with Windows apps Use your Notebook PCs touch screen, touchpad, or keyboard to launch, customize, and close apps. Launching Windows apps from the Start menu Tap the app to launch it. Position your mouse pointer over the app then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the apps. Press to launch an app. Customizing Windows apps You can move, resize, unpin, or pin apps to the taskbar from the Start menu using the following steps:
Moving apps Press and hold the app, then drag and drop it to a new location. Position your mouse pointer over the app, then drag and drop the app to a new location. 48 Notebook PC E-Manual Resizing apps Press and hold the app, then tap tile size. and select an app Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Resize and select an app tile size. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app.
, then select Resize and select an app Press tile size. Unpinning apps Press and hold the app, then tap the icon. Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Unpin from Start. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. Press
, then select Unpin from Start. 49 Notebook PC E-Manual Pinning apps to the taskbar Press and hold the app, then tap Pin to taskbar. Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Pin to taskbar. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. Press
, then select Pin to taskbar. Pinning more apps to the Start menu From All apps, press and hold the app you want to add to the Start menu, then tap Pin to Start. From All apps, position your mouse pointer over the app you want to add to the Start menu and right-click it, then click Pin to Start. From All apps, press on the app that you want to add to the Start menu, then select Pin to Start. 50 Notebook PC E-Manual Task view Quickly switch between opened apps and programs using the task view feature, you can also use task view to switch between desktops. Launching task view Tap the edge of the screen. icon on the taskbar or swipe form the left Position your mouse pointer over the taskbar and click it. icon on the Press on your keyboard. 51 Notebook PC E-Manual Snap feature The Snap feature displays apps side-by-side, allowing you to work or switch between apps. Snap hotspots You can drag and drop apps to these hotspots to snap them into place. 52 Notebook PC E-Manual Using Snap or 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. Launch the app you wish to snap. Drag the title bar of your app and drop the app to the edge of the screen to snap. Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. Launch the app you wish to snap. Press and hold the keys to snap the app. key, then use the arrow Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. 53 Notebook PC E-Manual Action Center Action Center consolidates notifications from apps and presents a single place where you can interact with them. It also has a really useful Quick Actions section at the bottom. Launching Action Center Click the edge of the screen. icon on the taskbar or swipe from the right Position your mouse pointer over the taskbar and click it. icon on the Press on your keyboard. 54 Notebook PC E-Manual Other keyboard shortcuts Using the keyboard, you can also use the following shortcuts to help you launch applications and navigate Windows 10.
\
Launches Start menu Launches Action Center Launches the desktop Launches the File Explorer Opens the Share panel Launches Settings Launches Connect panel Activates the Lock screen Minimizes all currently active windows 55 Notebook PC E-Manual Launches Search Launches Project panel Opens the Run window Opens Ease of Access Center Opens the context menu of the Start button Launches the magnifier icon and zooms in your screen Zooms out your screen Opens Narrator Settings 56 Notebook PC E-Manual Connecting to wireless networks Wi-Fi Access emails, surf the Internet, and share applications via social networking sites using your Notebook PCs Wi-Fi connection. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Wi-Fi connection of your Notebook PC. Connecting Wi-Fi Connect your Notebook PC to a Wi-Fi network by using the following steps:
or 1. 2. 3. 4. Select the icon from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Wi-Fi. Select an access point from the list of available Wi-Fi connections. Select Connect to start the network connection. NOTE: You may be prompted to enter a security key to activate the Wi-Fi connection. 57 Notebook PC E-Manual Bluetooth Use Bluetooth to facilitate wireless data transfers with other Bluetooth-
enabled devices. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Bluetooth connection of your Notebook PC. Pairing with other Bluetooth-enabled devices You need to pair your Notebook PC with other Bluetooth-enabled devices to enable data transfers. Connect your devices by using the following steps:
1. 2. 3. or Launch Settings from the Start menu. Select Devices, then select Bluetooth to search for Bluetooth-enabled devices. Select a device from the list. Compare the passcode on your Notebook PC with the passcode sent to your chosen device. If they are the same, select Yes to successfully pair your Notebook PC with the device. NOTE: For some Bluetooth-enabled devices, you may be prompted to key in the passcode of your Notebook PC. 58 Notebook PC E-Manual Airplane mode Airplane mode disables wireless communication, allowing you to use your Notebook PC safely while in-flight. NOTE: Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. Turning Airplane mode on 1. 2. or Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Airplane mode. Press
. Turning Airplane mode off 1. 2. or Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to disable Airplane mode. Press
. 59 Notebook PC E-Manual Turning your Notebook PC off You can turn off your Notebook PC by doing either of the following procedures:
or Launch the Start menu, then select Shut down to do a normal shutdown.
>
From the log-in screen, select
> Shut down. to launch Shut down Press Windows. Select Shut down from the drop-down list then select OK. If your Notebook PC is unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least four (4) seconds until your Notebook PC turns off. 60 Notebook PC E-Manual Putting your Notebook PC to sleep To put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode:
or Launch the Start menu, then select Sleep to put your Notebook PC to sleep.
>
From the log-in screen, select
> Sleep. Press Select Sleep from the drop-down list then select OK. to launch Shut down Windows. NOTE: You can also put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode by pressing the power button once. 61 Notebook PC E-Manual 62 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 4:
Power-On Self-Test (POST) 63 Notebook PC E-Manual The Power-On Self-Test (POST) The POST (Power-On Self-Test) is a series of software-controlled diagnostic tests that run when you turn on or restart your Notebook PC. The software that controls the POST is installed as a permanent part of the Notebook PCs architecture. Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot During POST, you can access the BIOS settings or run troubleshooting options using the function keys of your Notebook PC. You may refer to the following information for more details. BIOS The BIOS (Basic Input and Output System) stores system hardware settings that are needed for system startup in the Notebook PC. The default BIOS settings apply to most conditions of your Notebook PC. Do not change the default BIOS settings except in the following circumstances:
An error message appears onscreen during system bootup and requests you to run the BIOS Setup. You have installed a new system component that requires further BIOS settings or updates. WARNING! Using inappropriate BIOS settings may result to system instability or boot failure. We strongly recommend that you change the BIOS settings only with the help of a trained service personnel. Accessing BIOS Enter the BIOS settings by using any of the following methods:
64 Notebook PC E-Manual Restart your Notebook PC then press during POST. Launch the Start menu, and choose Settings > Update &
security > Recovery, then select Restart now under Advanced startup. When you enter the Advanced startup screen, select Troubleshoot > Advanced options > UEFI Firmware Settings >
Restart. BIOS Settings NOTE: The BIOS screens in this section are for reference only. The actual screens may differ by model and territory. EZ Mode This menu appears when you enter the BIOS setup program and provides you an overview of the basic system information. To access the Advanced Mode for the advanced BIOS settings, select Advanced Mode (F7) or press
. 65 Notebook PC E-Manual Boot This menu allows you to set your boot option priorities. You may refer to the following procedures when setting your boot priority. On the Boot screen, select Boot Option #1. Press and select a device as the Boot Option #1. 1. 2. 66 Notebook PC E-Manual Security This menu allows you to set up the administrator and user password of your Notebook PC. It also allows you to control the access to your Notebook PCs hard disk drive, input/output (I/O) interface, and USB interface. NOTE:
If you install a User Password, you will be prompted to input this before entering the operating system. If you install an Administrator Password, you will be prompted to input this before entering BIOS. 67 Notebook PC E-Manual To set the password:
1. 2. 3. On the Security screen, select Administrator Password or User Password. Type in a password then press
. Re-type to confirm the password then select OK. To clear the password:
On the Security screen, select Administrator Password or User Password. Type in the current password then press
. Leave other fields blank then select OK to continue. Select OK to clear the old password. NOTE: A keyboard is required to type in the password. 1. 2. 3. 4. 68 Notebook PC E-Manual Save & Exit To keep your configuration settings, select Save Changes and Exit before exiting the BIOS. 69 Notebook PC E-Manual To update the BIOS:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Verify the Notebook PCs exact model then download the latest BIOS file for your model from the ASUS website. Save a copy of the downloaded BIOS file to a flash disk drive. Connect your flash disk drive to your Notebook PC. Restart your Notebook PC then access the BIOS settings. From the BIOS menu, select Advanced > ASUS EZ Flash 3 Utility, then press
. 70 Notebook PC E-Manual 6. Locate your downloaded BIOS file in the flash disk drive then press update. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the 7. After the BIOS update process, select Save & Exit > Restore Defaults to restore the system to its default settings. 71 Notebook PC E-Manual Recovering your system Using recovery options on your Notebook PC allows you to restore the system to its original state or simply refresh its settings to help improve performance. IMPORTANT!
Backup all your data files before doing any recovery option on your Notebook PC. Note down important customized settings such as network settings, user names, and passwords to avoid data loss. Ensure that your Notebook PC is plugged in to a power source before resetting your system. Windows 10 allows you to do any of the following recovery options:
Keep my files - This option allows you refresh your Notebook PC without affecting personal files (photos, music, videos, documents). Using this option, you can restore your Notebook PC to its default settings and delete other installed apps. Remove everything - This option resets your Notebook PC to its factory settings. You must backup your data before doing this option. 72 Notebook PC E-Manual Go back to an earlier build - This option allows you to go back to an earlier build. Use this option if this build is not working for you. Advanced startup - Using this option allows you to perform other advanced recovery options on your Notebook PC such as:
-
-
Using a USB drive, network connection or Windows recovery DVD to startup your Notebook PC. Using Troubleshoot to enable any of these advanced recovery options: System Restore, System Image Recovery, Startup Repair, Command Prompt, UEFI Firmware Settings, and Startup Settings. Performing a recovery option Refer to the following steps if you want to access and use any of the available recovery options for your Notebook PC. 1. Launch Settings and select Update and security. 73 Notebook PC E-Manual 2. Under the Update and security option, select Recovery then select the recovery option you would like to perform. 74 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs 75 Notebook PC E-Manual Useful tips for your Notebook PC To help you maximize the use of your Notebook PC, maintain its system performance, and ensure all your data are kept secured, here are some useful tips that you can follow:
Update Windows periodically to ensure that your applications have the latest security settings. Use an anti-virus software to protect your data and keep this updated too. Unless absolutely necessary, refrain from using force shutdown to turn off your Notebook PC. Always backup your data and make it a point to create a backup data in an external storage drive. Refrain from using the Notebook PC at extremely high temperatures. If you are not going to use your Notebook PC for a long period of time (at least a month), we recommend that you take out the battery if the battery is removable. Disconnect all external devices and ensure you have the following items prior to resetting your Notebook PC:
-
-
-
-
Product key for your operating systems and other installed applications Backup data Log in ID and password Internet connection information 76 Notebook PC E-Manual Hardware FAQs 1. A black dot, or sometimes a colored dot, appears onscreen when I turn on the Notebook PC. What should I do?
Although these dots normally appear onscreen, they will not affect your system. If the incident continues and subsequently affects system performance, consult an authorized ASUS service center. 2. My display panel has an uneven color and brightness. How can I fix this?
The color and brightness of your display panel may be affected by the angle and current position of your Notebook PC. The brightness and color tone of your Notebook PC may also vary per model. You may use the function keys or the display settings in your operating system to adjust the appearance of your display panel. 3. How can I maximize my Notebook PCs battery life?
You can try doing any of the following suggestions:
Use the function keys to adjust the display brightness. If you are not using any Wi-Fi connection, switch your system into Airplane mode. Disconnect unused USB devices. Close unused applications, especially those that take up too much system memory. 77 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My battery charge indicator does not light up. Whats wrong?
Check whether the power adapter or battery pack is attached correctly. You may also disconnect the power adapter or battery pack, wait for a minute, then reconnect them again to the power outlet and Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why is my touchpad not working?
Press to enable your touchpad. 6. When I play audio and video files, why cant I hear any sound from my Notebook PCs audio speakers?
You can try doing any of the following suggestions:
Press to turn up the speaker volume. Check if your speakers were set to mute. Check if a headphone jack is connected to your Notebook PC and remove it. 7. What should I do if my Notebook PCs power adapter gets lost or my battery stops working?
Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 78 Notebook PC E-Manual 8. My Notebook PC cannot do keystrokes correctly because my cursor keeps on moving. What should I do?
Make sure that nothing accidentally touches or presses on your touchpad while you type on the keyboard. You can also disable your touchpad by pressing
. 9. Instead of showing letters, pressing the U, I, and O keys on my keyboard displays numbers. How can I change this?
Press the key or
(on selected models) on your Notebook PC to turn off this feature and use the said keys for inputting letters. 79 Notebook PC E-Manual Software FAQs 1. When I turn on my Notebook PC, the power indicator lights up but nothing appears on my screen. What can I do to fix this?
You can try doing any of the following suggestions:
Force shutdown your Notebook PC by pressing the power button for at least four (4) seconds. Check if the power adapter and battery pack are inserted correctly then turn on your Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 2. What should I do when my screen displays this message:
Remove disks or other media. Press any key to restart.?
You can try doing any of the following suggestions:
Remove all connected USB devices then restart your Notebook PC. Remove any optical discs that are left inside the optical drive then restart. If the problem still exists, your Notebook PC might have a memory storage problem. Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 3. My Notebook PC boots slower than usual and my operating system lags. How can I fix this?
Delete the applications you recently installed or were not included with your operating system package then restart your system. 80 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My Notebook PC does not boot up. How can I fix this?
You can try doing any of the following suggestions:
Remove all connected devices to your Notebook PC then restart your system. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why cant my Notebook PC wake up from sleep mode?
You need to press the power button to resume your last working state. Your system might have completely used up its battery power. Connect the power adapter to your Notebook PC and connect to a power outlet then press the power button. 81 Notebook PC E-Manual 82 Notebook PC E-Manual Appendices 83 Notebook PC E-Manual DVD-ROM Drive Information The DVD-ROM drive allows you to view and create your own CDs and DVDs. You can purchase an optional DVD viewer software to view DVD titles. NOTE: The DVD-ROM Drive is available on selected models. Regional Playback Information Playback of DVD movie titles involves decoding MPEG2 video, digital AC3 audio and decryption of CSS protected content. CSS (sometimes called copy guard) is the name given to the content protection scheme adopted by the motion picture industry to satisfy a need to protect against unlawful content duplication. Although the design rules imposed on CSS licensors are many, one rule that is most relevant is playback restrictions on regionalized content. In order to facilitate geographically staggered movie releases, DVD video titles are released for specific geographic regions as defined in Region Definitions below. Copyright laws require that all DVD movies be limited to a particular region (usually coded to the region at which it is sold). While DVD movie content may be released for multiple regions, CSS design rules require that any system capable of playing CSS encrypted content must only be capable of playing one region. IMPORTANT! The region setting may be changed up to five times using the viewer software, then it can only play DVD movies for the last region setting. Changing the region code after that will require factory resetting which is not covered by warranty. If resetting is desired, shipping and resetting costs will be at the expense of the user. 84 Notebook PC E-Manual Region Definitions Region 1 Canada, US, US Territories Region 2 Czech, Egypt, Finland, France, Germany, Gulf States, Hungary, Iceland, Iran, Iraq, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Saudi Arabia, Scotland, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Syria, Turkey, UK, Greece, Former Yugoslav Republics, Slovakia Region 3 Burma, Indonesia, South Korea, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, Taiwan, Thailand, Vietnam Region 4 Australia, Caribbean (Except US Territories), Central America, New Zealand, Pacific Islands, South America Region 5 CIS, India, Pakistan, Rest of Africa, Russia, North Korea Region 6 China 85 Notebook PC E-Manual Blu-ray ROM Drive Information The Blu-ray ROM Drive allows you to view HD (High-Definition) videos and other disc file formats such as DVDs and CDs. NOTE: The Blue-ray ROM Drive is available on selected models. Region Definitions Region A North, Central and South American countries, and their territories; Taiwan, Hong Kong, Macao, Japan, Korea (South and North), South East Asian countries and their territories. Region B European, African, and South West Asian countries and their territories; Australia and New Zealand. Region C Central, South Asian, Eastern European countries and their territories; China and Mongolia. NOTE: Refer to Blu-ray Disc website at www.blu-raydisc.com/en/Technical/FAQs/Blu-rayDiscforVideo.aspx for more details. Internal Modem Compliancy The Notebook PC with internal modem model complies with JATE (Japan), FCC
(US, Canada, Korea, Taiwan), and CTR21. The internal modem has been approved in accordance with Council Decision 98/482/EC for pan-European single terminal connection to the public switched telephone network (PSTN). However due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. 86 Notebook PC E-Manual Overview On 4th August 1998 the European Council Decision regarding the CTR 21 has been published in the Official Journal of the EC. The CTR 21 applies to all non voice terminal equipment with DTMF-dialling which is intended to be connected to the analogue PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network). CTR 21 (Common Technical Regulation) for the attachment requirements for connection to the analogue public switched telephone networks of terminal equipment (excluding terminal equipment supporting the voice telephony justified case service) in which network addressing, if provided, is by means of dual tone multi-frequency signalling. Network Compatibility Declaration Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the Notified Body and the vendor:
This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-
working difficulties. Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the user: This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-working difficulties. The manufacturer shall also associate a statement to make it clear where network compatibility is dependent on physical and software switch settings. It will also advise the user to contact the vendor if it is desired to use the equipment on another network. Up to now the Notified Body of CETECOM issued several pan-European approvals using CTR 21. The results are Europes first modems which do not require regulatory approvals in each individual European country. Non-Voice Equipment Answering machines and loud-speaking telephones can be eligible as well as modems, fax machines, auto-dialers and alarm systems. Equipment in which the end-to-end quality of speech is controlled by regulations (e.g. handset telephones and in some countries also cordless telephones) is excluded. 87 Notebook PC E-Manual This table shows the countries currently under the CTR21 standard. Applied Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Still Pending No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes More Testing No No Not Applicable Yes No No No No Not Applicable No No Still Pending No No No Yes No Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable No No No Country Austria1 Belgium Czech Republic Denmark1 Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Iceland Ireland Italy Israel Lichtenstein Luxemburg The Netherlands1 Norway Poland Portugal Spain Sweden Switzerland United Kingdom 88 Notebook PC E-Manual This information was copied from CETECOM and is supplied without liability. For updates to this table, you may visit http://www.cetecom.de/technologies/ctr_21.html. 1 National requirements will apply only if the equipment may use pulse dialling
(manufacturers may state in the user guide that the equipment is only intended to support DTMF signalling, which would make any additional testing superfluous). In The Netherlands additional testing is required for series connection and caller ID facilities. 89 Notebook PC E-Manual Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement This device complies with FCC Rules Part 15. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission
(FCC) rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. WARNING! The use of a shielded-type power cord is required in order to meet FCC emission limits and to prevent interference to the nearby radio and television reception. It is essential that only the supplied power cord be used. Use only shielded cables to connect I/O devices to this equipment. You are cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void your authority to operate the equipment.
(Reprinted from the Code of Federal Regulations #47, part 15.193, 1993. Washington DC: Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, U.S. Government Printing Office.) 90 Notebook PC E-Manual FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement WARNING! Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. The manufacture declares that this device is limited to Channels 1 through 11 in the 2.4GHz frequency by specified firmware controlled in the USA. This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, please avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna during transmitting. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. RF Exposure Information (SAR) This device meets the governments requirements for exposure to radio waves. This device is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. The exposure standard employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg. Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the EUT transmitting at the specified power level in different channels. 91 Notebook PC E-Manual CE Mark Warning This device complies with the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (replaced in 2017 by RED 2014/53/EU), the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC (replaced in April 2016 by 2014/30/
EU), and the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC (replaced in April 2016 by 2014/35/
EU) issued by the Commission of the European Community. Countries where the device will be sold to:
AT EE IT NO BE ES IS PL BG FI LI PT CH FR LT RO CY GB LU SE CZ GR LV SI DE HU MT SK DK IE NL TR 92 Notebook PC E-Manual IC Radiation Exposure Statement for Canada This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. To maintain compliance with IC RF exposure compliance requirements, please avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna during transmitting. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
This device may not cause interference and This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. To prevent radio interference to the licensed service (i.e. co-channel Mobile Satellite systems) this device is intended to be operated indoors and away from windows to provide maximum shielding. Equipment (or its transmit antenna) that is installed outdoors is subject to licensing. This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) 93 Notebook PC E-Manual Dclaration dIndustrie Canada relative lexposition aux ondes radio Cet appareil est conforme aux limites dexposition aux radiations dIndustrie Canada dfinies pour un environnement non-contrl. Pour maintenir la conformit avec les exigences dexposition RF dIC, veuillez viter tout contact direct avec lantenne pendant lmission. Les utilisateurs finaux doivent suivre les instructions de fonctionnement spcifiques pour satisfaire la conformit aux expositions RF. Son utilisation est sujette aux deux conditions suivantes:
Cet appareil ne peut pas causer dinterfrence, et Cet appareil doit accepter toute interfrence, y compris les interfrences qui pourraient causer un fonctionnement non souhait de lappareil. Pour viter les interfrences radio avec le service sous licence (cest -dire le partage de canal avec les systmes de tlphonie satellite), cet appareil est destin tre utilis en intrieur et loin des fentres pour fournir un blindage maximal. Tout appareil (ou son antenne dmission) qui est install en extrieur est sujet cette licence. Le present appareil est conforme aux CNR dIndustrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) 94 Notebook PC E-Manual Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information The radiated output power of the Wireless Device is below the Industry Canada
(IC) radio frequency exposure limits. The Wireless Device should be used in such a manner such that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. This device has been evaluated for and shown compliant with the IC Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) limits when operated in portable exposure conditions. Informations concernant lexposition aux tilizeive radio (RF) La puissance de sortie mise par lappareil de sans tilize infrieure la limite dexposition aux tilizeive radio dIndustry Canada (IC). Utilisez lappareil de sans fil de faon tilizei les contacts humains lors du fonctionnement normal. Ce tilizeive a t valu pour et dmontr conforme la Taux IC dabsorption spcifique (SAR) des limites lorsquil est tilize dans des conditions dexposition portatifs. 95 Notebook PC E-Manual Wireless Operation Channel for Different Domains N. America 2.412-2.462 GHz Japan 2.412-2.484 GHz Europe ETSI 2.412-2.472 GHz Ch01 through CH11 Ch01 through Ch14 Ch01 through Ch13 France Restricted Wireless Frequency Bands Some areas of France have a restricted frequency band. The worst case maximum authorized power indoors are:
10mW for the entire 2.4 GHz band (2400 MHz2483.5 MHz) 100mW for frequencies between 2446.5 MHz and 2483.5 MHz NOTE: Channels 10 through 13 inclusive operate in the band 2446.6 MHz to 2483.5 MHz. There are few possibilities for outdoor use: on private property or on the private property of public persons, use is subject to a preliminary authorization procedure by the Ministry of Defense, with maximum authorized power of 100mW in the 2446.52483.5 MHz band. Use outdoors on public property is not permitted. In the departments listed below, for the entire 2.4 GHz band:
Maximum authorized power indoors is 100mW Maximum authorized power outdoors is 10mW 96 Notebook PC E-Manual Departments in which the use of the 24002483.5 MHz band is permitted with an EIRP of less than 100mW indoors and less than 10mW outdoors:
01 Ain 02 Aisne 05 Hautes Alpes 08 Ardennes 11 Aude 24 Dordogne 32 Gers 41 Loir et Cher 55 Meuse 60 Oise 12 Aveyron 25 Doubs 36 Indre 45 Loiret 58 Nivre 61 Orne 03 Allier 09 Arige 16 Charente 26 Drme 37 Indre et Loire 50 Manche 59 Nord 63 Puy du Dme 64 Pyrnes Atlantique 66 Pyrnes Orientales 67 Bas Rhin 68 Haut Rhin 70 Haute Sane 71 Sane et Loire 75 Paris 88 Vosges 94 Val de Marne 82 Tarn et Garonne 84 Vaucluse 89 Yonne 90 Territoire de Belfort This requirement is likely to change over time, allowing you to use your wireless LAN card in more areas within France. Please check with ART for the latest information (www.arcep.fr). NOTE: Your WLAN Card transmits less than 100mW, but more than 10mW. 97 Notebook PC E-Manual UL Safety Notices Required for UL 1459 covering telecommunications (telephone) equipment intended to be electrically connected to a telecommunication network that has an operating voltage to ground that does not exceed 200V peak, 300V peak-to-peak, and 105V rms, and installed or used in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70). When using the Notebook PC modem, basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons, including the following:
DO NOT use the Notebook PC near water, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool. DO NOT use the Notebook PC during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. DO NOT use the Notebook PC in the vicinity of a gas leak. Required for UL 1642 covering primary (non-rechargeable) and secondary
(rechargeable) lithium batteries for use as power sources in products. These batteries contain metallic lithium, or a lithium alloy, or a lithium ion, and may consist of a single electrochemical cell or two or more cells connected in series, parallel, or both, that convert chemical energy into electrical energy by an irreversible or reversible chemical reaction. DO NOT dispose the Notebook PC battery pack in a fire, as they may explode. Check with local codes for possible special disposal instructions to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. DO NOT use power adapters or batteries from other devices to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. Use only UL certified power adapters or batteries supplied by the manufacturer or authorized retailers. 98 Notebook PC E-Manual Power Safety Requirement Products with electrical current ratings up to 6A and weighing more than 3Kg must use approved power cords greater than or equal to: H05VV-F, 3G, 0.75mm2 or H05VV-F, 2G, 0.75mm2. TV Notices Note to CATV System InstallerCable distribution system should be grounded
(earthed) in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code (NEC), in particular Section 820.93, Grounding of Outer Conductive Shield of a Coaxial Cable installation should include bonding the screen of the coaxial cable to the earth at the building entrance. REACH Complying with the REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical substances in our products at ASUS REACH website at http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm. Macrovision Corporation Product Notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S.A. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Prevention of Hearing Loss To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. 99 Notebook PC E-Manual Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) CAUTION! Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturers instructions. (English) ATTENZIONE! Rischio di esplosione della batteria se sostituita in modo errato. Sostituire la batteria con un una di tipo uguale o equivalente consigliata dalla fabbrica. Non disperdere le batterie nellambiente. (Italian) VORSICHT! Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemen Austausch der Batterie. Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einem vom Hersteller empfohlenem hnlichen Typ. Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers. (German) ADVARSELI! Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig hndtering. Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type. Levr det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandren. (Danish) VARNING! Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Anvnd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren. Kassera anvnt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion. (Swedish) VAROITUS! Paristo voi rjht, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu. Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan sousittelemaan tyyppiin. Hvit kytetty paristo valmistagan ohjeiden mukaisesti. (Finnish) ATTENTION! Il y a danger dexplosion sil y a remplacement incorrect de la batterie. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du mre type ou dun type quivalent recommand par le constructeur. Mettre au rebut les batteries usages conformment aux instructions du fabricant. (French) ADVARSEL! Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri. Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten. Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner. (Norwegian)
(Japanese)
!
. (Russian) 100 Notebook PC E-Manual Optical Drive Safety Information Laser Safety Information CD-ROM Drive Safety Warning CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT WARNING! To prevent exposure to the optical drives laser, do not attempt to disassemble or repair the optical drive by yourself. For your safety, contact a professional technician for assistance. Service warning label WARNING! INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN. DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM OR VIEW DIRECTLY WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS. CDRH Regulations The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration implemented regulations for laser products on August 2, 1976. These regulations apply to laser products manufactured from August 1, 1976. Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States. WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein or in the laser product installation guide may result in hazardous radiation exposure. Coating Notice IMPORTANT! To provide electrical insulation and maintain electrical safety, a coating is applied to insulate the device except on the areas where the I/O ports are located. 101 Notebook PC E-Manual CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) Danish Dutch English Finnish French 102 Notebook PC E-Manual German Greek Italian Portuguese Spanish Swedish 103 Notebook PC E-Manual ENERGY STAR complied product ENERGY STAR is a joint program of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy helping us all save money and protect the environment through energy efficient products and practices. All ASUS products with the ENERGY STAR logo comply with the ENERGY STAR standard, and the power management feature is enabled by default. The monitor and computer are automatically set to sleep within 10 and 30 minutes of user inactivity. To wake your computer, click the mouse or press any key on the keyboard. Please visit http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement for detail information on power management and its benefits to the environment. In addition, please visit http://www.energystar.gov for detail information on the ENERGY STAR joint program. NOTE: Energy Star is NOT supported on FreeDOS and Linux-based operating systems. Global Environmental Regulation Compliance and Declaration ASUS follows the green design concept to design and manufacture our products, and makes sure that each stage of the product life cycle of ASUS product is in line with global environmental regulations. In addition, ASUS disclose the relevant information based on regulation requirements. Please refer to http://csr.asus.com/english/Compliance.htm for information disclosure based on regulation requirements ASUS is complied with:
Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations EU REACH SVHC Korea RoHS 104 Notebook PC E-Manual ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ASUS recycling and takeback programs come from our commitment to the highest standards for protecting our environment. We believe in providing solutions for you to be able to responsibly recycle our products, batteries, other components as well as the packaging materials. Please go to http://csr.asus.com/english/Takeback.htm for detailed recycling information in different regions. Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America For US and Canada customers, you can call 1-800-822-8837
(toll-free) for recycling information of your ASUS products rechargeable batteries. Regional notice for California WARNING! This product may contain chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects or other reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling. Regional notice for Singapore Complies with IMDA Standards DB103778 This ASUS product complies with IMDA Standards. 105 Notebook PC E-Manual Regional notice for India This product complies with the India E-waste (Management and Handling) Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls (PBBs) and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in concentrations exceeding 0.1% by weight in homogenous materials and 0.01% by weight in homogenous materials for cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Schedule-II of the Rule. Notices for removable batteries Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. The battery and its component must be recycled or disposed of properly. Avis concernant les batteries remplaables La batterie de lordinateur portable peut prsenter un risque dincendie ou de brlure si celle-ci est retire ou dsassemble. La batterie et ses composants doivent tre recycls de faon approprie. 106 Notebook PC E-Manual Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. Full text of EU declaration of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/. This device may be operated in the countries listed below:
AT EE IT NO BE ES IS PL BG FI LI PT CH FR LT RO CY GB LU SE CZ GR LV SI DE HU MT SK DK IE NL TR 107 Notebook PC E-Manual 108 Notebook PC E-Manual
various | (8260D2W) UserMan Part1 | Users Manual | 4.98 MiB |
E12160 First Edition January 2017 E-Manual COPYRIGHT INFORMATION No part of this manual, including the products and software described in it, may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form or by any means, except documentation kept by the purchaser for backup purposes, without the express written permission of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. (ASUS). ASUS PROVIDES THIS MANUAL AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL ASUS, ITS DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF USE OR DATA, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS AND THE LIKE), EVEN IF ASUS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY DEFECT OR ERROR IN THIS MANUAL OR PRODUCT. Products and corporate names appearing in this manual may or may not be registered trademarks or copyrights of their respective companies, and are used only for identification or explanation and to the owners benefit, without intent to infringe. SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MANUAL ARE FURNISHED FOR INFORMATIONAL USE ONLY, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED AS A COMMITMENT BY ASUS. ASUS ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS OR INACCURACIES THAT MAY APPEAR IN THIS MANUAL, INCLUDING THE PRODUCTS AND SOFTWARE DESCRIBED IN IT. Copyright 2017 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. All Rights Reserved. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Circumstances may arise where because of a default on ASUS part or other liability, you are entitled to recover damages from ASUS. In each such instance, regardless of the basis on which you are entitled to claim damages from ASUS, ASUS is liable for no more than damages for bodily injury (including death) and damage to real property and tangible personal property; or any other actual and direct damages resulted from omission or failure of performing legal duties under this Warranty Statement, up to the listed contract price of each product. ASUS will only be responsible for or indemnify you for loss, damages or claims based in contract, tort or infringement under this Warranty Statement. This limit also applies to ASUS suppliers and its reseller. It is the maximum for which ASUS, its suppliers, and your reseller are collectively responsible. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES IS ASUS LIABLE FOR ANY OF THE FOLLOWING: (1) THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST YOU FOR DAMAGES; (2) LOSS OF, OR DAMAGE TO, YOUR RECORDS OR DATA; OR (3) SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR ANY ECONOMIC CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS), EVEN IF ASUS, ITS SUPPLIERS OR YOUR RESELLER IS INFORMED OF THEIR POSSIBILITY. SERVICE AND SUPPORT Visit our multi-language website at https://www.asus.com/support/
2 Notebook PC E-Manual Table of Contents About this manual .....................................................................................................7 Conventions used in this manual .............................................................................8 Icons ....................................................................................................................................8 Typography .......................................................................................................................8 Safety precautions .....................................................................................................9 Using your Notebook PC ..............................................................................................9 Caring for your Notebook PC .....................................................................................10 Proper disposal ................................................................................................................11 Chapter 1: Hardware Setup Getting to know your Notebook PC ...................................................................14 Top View .............................................................................................................................14 Bottom ................................................................................................................................17 Right Side ..........................................................................................................................18 Left Side .............................................................................................................................20 ASUS Pen (on selected models) ............................................................................22 Inserting the battery .....................................................................................................22 Mini Dock (on selected models) ...........................................................................23 Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC Getting started ...........................................................................................................26 Charge your Notebook PC ...........................................................................................26 Lift to open the display panel ....................................................................................28 Press the power button ................................................................................................28 Gestures for the touch screen panel and touchpad .....................................29 Using touch screen panel gestures ..........................................................................29 Using the touchpad .......................................................................................................32 Using the keyboard ...................................................................................................39 Function keys ...................................................................................................................39 Rotating the display panel .....................................................................................41 3 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 Starting for the first time .........................................................................................44 Start menu ...................................................................................................................45 Windows apps ..........................................................................................................47 Working with Windows apps....................................................................................48 Customizing Windows apps .....................................................................................48 Task view .......................................................................................................................51 Snap feature ................................................................................................................52 Snap hotspots ..................................................................................................................52 Action Center ..............................................................................................................54 Other keyboard shortcuts ......................................................................................55 Connecting to wireless networks ........................................................................57 Wi-Fi .....................................................................................................................................57 Bluetooth ...........................................................................................................................58 Airplane mode .................................................................................................................59 Turning your Notebook PC off ..............................................................................60 Putting your Notebook PC to sleep ....................................................................61 Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) The Power-On Self-Test (POST) .............................................................................64 Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot......................................................64 BIOS ................................................................................................................................64 Accessing BIOS ................................................................................................................64 BIOS Settings ....................................................................................................................65 Recovering your system ..........................................................................................72 Performing a recovery option ....................................................................................73 4 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs Useful tips for your Notebook PC ........................................................................76 Hardware FAQs ...........................................................................................................77 Software FAQs .............................................................................................................80 Appendices DVD-ROM Drive Information ......................................................................................84 Blu-ray ROM Drive Information .................................................................................86 Internal Modem Compliancy .....................................................................................86 Overview ............................................................................................................................87 Network Compatibility Declaration .........................................................................87 Non-Voice Equipment ...................................................................................................87 Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement ...................90 FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement .................................91 RF Exposure Information (SAR) ..................................................................................91 CE Mark Warning .............................................................................................................92 IC Radiation Exposure Statement for Canada ......................................................93 Dclaration dIndustrie Canada relative lexposition aux ondes radio ....94 Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information ........................................................95 Informations concernant lexposition aux tilizeive radio (RF) ........................95 Wireless Operation Channel for Different Domains ...........................................96 France Restricted Wireless Frequency Bands .......................................................96 UL Safety Notices ............................................................................................................98 Power Safety Requirement ..........................................................................................99 TV Notices .........................................................................................................................99 5 Notebook PC E-Manual REACH .................................................................................................................................99 Macrovision Corporation Product Notice ..............................................................99 Prevention of Hearing Loss .........................................................................................99 Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) ...........................................100 Optical Drive Safety Information ..............................................................................101 CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) ..............................102 ENERGY STAR complied product ..............................................................................104 Global Environmental Regulation Compliance and Declaration ..................104 ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ..........................................................................105 Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America.............................105 Regional notice for California .....................................................................................105 Regional notice for Singapore ...................................................................................105 Regional notice for India ..............................................................................................106 Notices for removable batteries ................................................................................106 Avis concernant les batteries remplaables..........................................................106 Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ...............................................................107 6 Notebook PC E-Manual About this manual This manual provides information about the hardware and software features of your Notebook PC, organized through the following chapters:
Chapter 1: Hardware Setup This chapter details the hardware components of your Notebook PC. Chapter 2: Using your Notebook PC This chapter shows you how to use the different parts of your Notebook PC. Chapter 3: Working with Windows 10 This chapter provides an overview of using Windows 10 in your Notebook PC. Chapter 4: Power-On Self-Test (POST) This chapter shows you how to use POST to change the settings of your Notebook PC. Tips and FAQs This section presents some recommended tips, hardware FAQs, and software FAQs you can refer to for maintaining and fixing common issues with your Notebook PC. Appendices This section includes notices and safety statements for your Notebook PC. 7 Notebook PC E-Manual Conventions used in this manual To highlight key information in this manual, some text are presented as follows:
IMPORTANT! This message contains vital information that must be followed to complete a task. NOTE: This message contains additional information and tips that can help complete tasks. WARNING! This message contains important information that must be followed to keep you safe while performing tasks and prevent damage to your Notebook PC's data and components. Icons The icons below indicate the devices you can use for completing a series of tasks or procedures on your Notebook PC.
= Use the touch screen panel.
= Use the touchpad.
= Use the keyboard. Typography Bold
= This indicates a menu or an item that must be selected. Italic
= This indicates sections that you can refer to in this manual. 8 Notebook PC E-Manual Safety precautions Using your Notebook PC This Notebook PC should only be used in environments with ambient temperatures between 5C (41F) and 35C (95F). Refer to the rating label on the bottom of your Notebook PC and ensure that your power adapter complies with this rating. Do not leave your Notebook PC on your lap or near any part of your body to prevent discomfort or injury from heat exposure. Do not use damaged power cords, accessories, and other peripherals with your Notebook PC. While powered on, ensure that you do not carry or cover your Notebook PC with any materials that can reduce air circulation. Do not place your Notebook PC on uneven or unstable work surfaces. You can send your Notebook PC through x-ray machines (used on items placed on conveyor belts), but do not expose them to magnetic detectors and wands. Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. 9 Notebook PC E-Manual Caring for your Notebook PC Disconnect the AC power and remove the battery pack (if applicable) before cleaning your Notebook PC. Use a clean cellulose sponge or chamois cloth dampened with a solution of nonabrasive detergent and a few drops of warm water. Remove any extra moisture from your Notebook PC using a dry cloth. Do not use strong solvents such as thinners, benzene, or other chemicals on or near your Notebook PC. Do not place objects on top of your Notebook PC. Do not expose your Notebook PC to strong magnetic or electrical fields. Do not use or expose your Notebook PC near liquids, rain, or moisture. Do not expose your Notebook PC to dusty environments. Do not use your Notebook PC near gas leaks. 10 Notebook PC E-Manual Proper disposal Do not throw your Notebook PC in municipal waste. This product has been designed to enable proper reuse of parts and recycling. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product
(electrical, electronic equipment and mercury-
containing button cell battery) should not be placed in municipal waste. Check local regulations for disposal of electronic products. Do not throw the battery in municipal waste. The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the battery should not be placed in municipal waste. 11 Notebook PC E-Manual 12 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 1:
Hardware Setup 13 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting to know your Notebook PC Top View NOTE: The keyboard's layout may vary per region or country. The Notebook view may also vary in appearance depending on the Notebook PC model. 14 Notebook PC E-Manual Array microphones The array microphones feature echo canceling, noise suppression, and beam forming functions for better voice recognition and audio recording. Camera The built-in camera allows you to take pictures or record videos using your Notebook PC. 360-adjustable touch screen panel Your Notebook PCs touch screen panel can be adjusted all the way into a 360 angle. This feature allows you to quickly turn your device from a Notebook PC into a touch-enabled tablet PC. This high-definition touch screen panel provides excellent viewing features for photos, videos, and other multimedia files on your Notebook PC. It also allows you to operate it using touch screen gestures. NOTE: For more details on how to turn your Notebook PC into a tablet device, refer to the Rotating the display panel section in this manual. 15 Notebook PC E-Manual Keyboard The keyboard provides full-sized QWERTY keys with a comfortable travel depth for typing. It also enables you to use the function keys, allows quick access to Windows, and controls other multimedia functions. NOTE: The keyboard layout differs by model or territory. Touchpad The touchpad allows the use of multi-gestures to navigate onscreen, providing an intuitive user experience. It also simulates the functions of a regular mouse. NOTE: For more details, refer to the Using the touchpad section in this manual. 16 Notebook PC E-Manual Bottom NOTE: The bottom side may vary in appearance depending on model. WARNING! The bottom of the Notebook PC can get warm to hot while in use or while charging the battery pack. When working on your Notebook PC, do not place it on surfaces that can block the vents. IMPORTANT! Battery time varies by usage and by the specifications for this Notebook PC. The battery pack cannot be disassembled. Audio speakers The built-in audio speakers allow you to hear audio straight from your Notebook PC. Audio features are software-controlled. 17 Notebook PC E-Manual Right Side Power button Press the power button to turn your Notebook PC on or off. You can also use the power button to put your Notebook PC to sleep or hibernate mode and wake it up from sleep or hibernate mode. In the event that your Notebook PC becomes unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least four (4) seconds until your Notebook PC shuts down. Volume button This button turns the volume up or down on your Notebook PC. Power indicator The power indicator lights up when the Notebook PC is turned on and blinks slowly when the Notebook PC is in sleep mode. 18 Notebook PC E-Manual Fingerprint sensor This built-in fingerprint sensor captures your fingerprint and uses it as biometric authentication for logging on to your Notebook PCs system. USB Type-C port The USB (Universal Serial Bus) Type-C port provides a transfer rate of up to 5 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. NOTE: Transfer rate of this port may vary per model. 19 Notebook PC E-Manual Left Side USB Type-C/DisplayPort/Power (DC) input combo port The USB (Universal Serial Bus) Type-C port provides a transfer rate of up to 5 Gbit/s and is backward compatible to USB 2.0. Use a USB Type-C adapter to connect your Notebook PC to an external display. Insert the bundled power adapter into this port to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. NOTE: Transfer rate of this port may vary per model. WARNING! The adapter may become warm to hot while in use. Do not cover the adapter and keep it away from your body while it is connected to a power source. IMPORTANT! It may take longer to fully charge your Notebook PC through a low-voltage power source. Use only the bundled power adapter to charge the battery pack and supply power to your Notebook PC. 20 Notebook PC E-Manual Headphone/Headset/Microphone jack This port allows you to connect amplified speakers or headphones. You can also use this port to connect your headset or an external microphone. Two-color battery charge indicator The two-color LED provides a visual indication of the batterys charge status. Refer to the following table for details:
Color Solid White Solid Orange Blinking Orange Lights off Status The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source and the battery power is between 95% and 100%. The Notebook PC is plugged to a power source, charging its battery, and the battery power is less than 95%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is less than 10%. The Notebook PC is running on battery mode and the battery power is between 10% to 100%. Air vents The air vents allow cool air to enter and warm air to exit the Notebook PC. WARNING! Ensure that paper, books, clothing, cables, or other objects do not block any of the air vents or else overheating may occur. 21 Notebook PC E-Manual ASUS Pen (on selected models) Right-click button You can use this button to enable the right-click function. Eraser button You can use this button to enable the eraser function. Inserting the battery 1. Remove the top half of the stylus. 2. Remove the sticker and insert the battery, noting the correct polarity. 3. Return the top half of the stylus into place. 22 Notebook PC E-Manual Mini Dock (on selected models) Power (DC) input port HDMI port USB 3.0 port USB Type-C cable 23 Notebook PC E-Manual 24 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 2:
Using your Notebook PC 25 Notebook PC E-Manual Getting started Charge your Notebook PC A. B. Plug the AC power adapter into a 100V~240V power source. Connect the DC power connector into your Notebook PCs power
(DC) input port. Charge the Notebook PC for 3 hours before using it in battery mode for the first time. NOTE: The power adapter may vary in appearance, depending on models and your region. IMPORTANT!
Power adapter information:
Input voltage: 100-240Vac Input frequency: 50-60Hz Rating output current: 2.25A max. (45W) Rating output voltage: 20V 26 Notebook PC E-Manual IMPORTANT!
Locate the input/output rating label on your Notebook PC and ensure that it matches the input/output rating information on your power adapter. Some Notebook PC models may have multiple rating output currents based on the available SKU. Ensure that your Notebook PC is connected to the power adapter before turning it on for the first time. We strongly recommend that you use a grounded wall socket while using your Notebook PC on power adapter mode. The socket outlet must be easily accessible and near your Notebook PC. To disconnect your Notebook PC from its main power supply, unplug your Notebook PC from the power socket. WARNING!
Read the following precautions for your Notebook PCs battery:
Only ASUS-authorized technicians should remove the battery inside the device (for non-removable battery only). The battery used in this device may present a risk of fire or chemical burn if removed or disassembled. Follow the warning labels for your personal safety. Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Do not dispose of in fire. Never attempt to short-circuit your Notebook PCs battery. Never attempt to disassemble and reassemble the battery
(for non-removable battery only). Discontinue usage if leakage is found. The battery and its components must be recycled or disposed of properly. Keep the battery and other small components away from children. 27 Notebook PC E-Manual Lift to open the display panel Press the power button 28 Notebook PC E-Manual Gestures for the touch screen panel and touchpad Gestures allow you to launch programs and access the settings of your Notebook PC. Refer to the following illustrations when using hand gestures on your touch screen panel and touchpad. NOTE:
The following screenshots are for reference only. The touch screen panels appearance may vary depending on model. The touch screen panel is available on selected models. Using touch screen panel gestures The gestures allow you to launch programs and access the settings of your Notebook PC. The functions can be activated by using the hand gestures on your Notebook PCs touch screen panel. Left edge swipe Right edge swipe Swipe from the left edge of the screen to launch Task view. Swipe from the right edge of the screen to launch Action Center. 29 Notebook PC E-Manual Tap/Double-tap Press and hold Tap an app to select it. Double-tap an app to launch it. Press and hold to open the right-
click menu. Zoom in Zoom out Spread apart your two fingers on the touch screen panel. Bring together your two fingers on the touch screen panel. 30 Notebook PC E-Manual Finger slide Drag Slide your finger to scroll up and down and slide your finger to pan the screen left or right. Drag to create a selection box around multiple items. Drag and drop an item to move it to a new location. 31 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the touchpad Moving the pointer You can tap anywhere on the touchpad to activate its pointer, then slide your finger on the touchpad to move the pointer onscreen. Slide horizontally Slide vertically Slide diagonally 32 Notebook PC E-Manual One-finger gestures Tap/Double-tap Tap an app to select it. Double-tap an app to launch it. Drag and drop Double-tap an item, then slide the same finger without lifting it off the touchpad. To drop the item to its new location, lift your finger from the touchpad. 33 Notebook PC E-Manual Left-click Right-click Click an app to select it. Double-click an app to launch it. Click this button to open the right-
click menu. NOTE: The areas inside the dotted line represent the locations of the left mouse button and the right mouse button on the touchpad. Two-finger gestures Tap Tap two fingers on the touchpad to simulate the right-click function. 34 Notebook PC E-Manual Two-finger scroll (up/down) Two-finger scroll (left/right) Slide two fingers to scroll up or down. Slide two fingers to scroll left or right. Zoom out Zoom in Bring together your two fingers on the touchpad. Spread apart your two fingers on the touchpad. 35 Notebook PC E-Manual Drag and drop Select an item then press and hold the left button. Using your other finger, slide on the touchpad to drag the item, lift your finger off the button to drop the item. Three-finger gestures Tap Tap three fingers on the touchpad to invoke Cortana. 36 Notebook PC E-Manual Swipe left/Swipe right If you opened multiple apps, swipe three fingers left or right to switch between these apps. Swipe up Swipe down Swipe up to see an overview of all the apps currently opened. Swipe down to show the desktop. 37 Notebook PC E-Manual Four-finger gestures Tap Tap four fingers on the touchpad to invoke Action Center. Customizing your touchpad Launch All settings from the Action Center. Select Devices, then select Mouse & touchpad. Adjust the settings to your preference. 1. 2. 3. 38 Notebook PC E-Manual Using the keyboard Function keys The function keys on your Notebook PCs keyboard can trigger the following commands:
Puts the Notebook PC into Sleep mode Turns Airplane mode on or off NOTE: When enabled, the Airplane mode disables all wireless connectivity. Decreases brightness for the backlit keyboard Increases brightness for the backlit keyboard Decreases display brightness Increases display brightness Turns the display panel on or off Toggles the display mode NOTE: Ensure that the second display is connected to your Notebook PC. 39 Notebook PC E-Manual Enables or disables the touchpad Turns the speaker on or off Turns the speaker volume down Turns the speaker volume up Displays the drop-down menu Launches the ASUS Touchpad Handwriting*
* On selected models 40 Notebook PC E-Manual Rotating the display panel Your Notebook PCs display panel is adjustable up to 360 degrees. You may adjust the display panel as shown below. 360 degrees adjustable Notebook PC mode 41 Notebook PC E-Manual Stand mode Tent mode Tablet mode NOTE: Rotating the screen to Stand, Tent and Tablet mode will disable the keyboard and touchpad. 42 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 3:
Working with Windows 10 43 Notebook PC E-Manual Starting for the first time When you start your Notebook PC for the first time, a series of screens appear to guide you in configuring your Windows 10 operating system. To start your Notebook PC for the first time:
1. 2. 3. 4. Press the power button on your Notebook PC. Wait for a few minutes until the setup screen appears. From the setup screen, pick your region and a language to use on your Notebook PC. Carefully read the License Terms. Select I accept. Follow the onscreen instructions to configure the following basic items:
Personalize Get online Settings Your account 5. After configuring the basic items, Windows 10 proceeds to install your apps and preferred settings. Ensure that your Notebook PC is kept powered on during the setup process. 6. Once the setup process is complete, the Desktop appears. NOTE: The screenshots in this chapter are for reference only. 44 Notebook PC E-Manual Start menu The Start menu is the main gateway to your Notebook PCs programs, Windows apps, folders, and settings. Change account settings, lock, or sign out from your account Launch an app from the Start screen Launch Taskview Launch an app from the taskbar Launch Search Launch the Start menu Launch All apps Shut down, restart, or put your Notebook PC to sleep Launch Settings Launch File Explorer You can use the Start menu to do these common activities:
Start programs or Windows apps Open commonly used programs or Windows apps Adjust Notebook PC settings Get help with the Windows operating system Turn off your Notebook PC Log off from Windows or switch to a different user account 45 Notebook PC E-Manual Launching the Start menu Tap the Start button your desktop. in the lower-left corner of Position your mouse pointer over the Start button in the lower-left corner of your desktop then click it. Press the Windows logo key on your keyboard. Opening programs from the Start menu One of the most common uses of the Start menu is opening programs installed on your Notebook PC. Tap the program to launch it. Position your mouse pointer over the program then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the programs. Press to launch it. NOTE: Select All apps at the bottom of the left pane to display a full list of programs and folders on your Notebook PC in alphabetical order. 46 Notebook PC E-Manual Windows apps These are apps pinned on the right pane of the Start menu and displayed in tiled-format for easy access. NOTE: Some Windows apps require signing in to your Microsoft account before they are fully launched. 47 Notebook PC E-Manual Working with Windows apps Use your Notebook PCs touch screen, touchpad, or keyboard to launch, customize, and close apps. Launching Windows apps from the Start menu Tap the app to launch it. Position your mouse pointer over the app then click to launch it. Use the arrow keys to browse through the apps. Press to launch an app. Customizing Windows apps You can move, resize, unpin, or pin apps to the taskbar from the Start menu using the following steps:
Moving apps Press and hold the app, then drag and drop it to a new location. Position your mouse pointer over the app, then drag and drop the app to a new location. 48 Notebook PC E-Manual Resizing apps Press and hold the app, then tap tile size. and select an app Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Resize and select an app tile size. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app.
, then select Resize and select an app Press tile size. Unpinning apps Press and hold the app, then tap the icon. Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Unpin from Start. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. Press
, then select Unpin from Start. 49 Notebook PC E-Manual Pinning apps to the taskbar Press and hold the app, then tap Pin to taskbar. Position your mouse pointer over the app and right-click it, then click Pin to taskbar. Use the arrow keys to navigate to the app. Press
, then select Pin to taskbar. Pinning more apps to the Start menu From All apps, press and hold the app you want to add to the Start menu, then tap Pin to Start. From All apps, position your mouse pointer over the app you want to add to the Start menu and right-click it, then click Pin to Start. From All apps, press on the app that you want to add to the Start menu, then select Pin to Start. 50 Notebook PC E-Manual Task view Quickly switch between opened apps and programs using the task view feature, you can also use task view to switch between desktops. Launching task view Tap the edge of the screen. icon on the taskbar or swipe form the left Position your mouse pointer over the taskbar and click it. icon on the Press on your keyboard. 51 Notebook PC E-Manual Snap feature The Snap feature displays apps side-by-side, allowing you to work or switch between apps. Snap hotspots You can drag and drop apps to these hotspots to snap them into place. 52 Notebook PC E-Manual Using Snap or 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. Launch the app you wish to snap. Drag the title bar of your app and drop the app to the edge of the screen to snap. Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. Launch the app you wish to snap. Press and hold the keys to snap the app. key, then use the arrow Launch another app and repeat the above steps to snap another app. 53 Notebook PC E-Manual Action Center Action Center consolidates notifications from apps and presents a single place where you can interact with them. It also has a really useful Quick Actions section at the bottom. Launching Action Center Click the edge of the screen. icon on the taskbar or swipe from the right Position your mouse pointer over the taskbar and click it. icon on the Press on your keyboard. 54 Notebook PC E-Manual Other keyboard shortcuts Using the keyboard, you can also use the following shortcuts to help you launch applications and navigate Windows 10.
\
Launches Start menu Launches Action Center Launches the desktop Launches the File Explorer Opens the Share panel Launches Settings Launches Connect panel Activates the Lock screen Minimizes all currently active windows 55 Notebook PC E-Manual Launches Search Launches Project panel Opens the Run window Opens Ease of Access Center Opens the context menu of the Start button Launches the magnifier icon and zooms in your screen Zooms out your screen Opens Narrator Settings 56 Notebook PC E-Manual Connecting to wireless networks Wi-Fi Access emails, surf the Internet, and share applications via social networking sites using your Notebook PCs Wi-Fi connection. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Wi-Fi connection of your Notebook PC. Connecting Wi-Fi Connect your Notebook PC to a Wi-Fi network by using the following steps:
or 1. 2. 3. 4. Select the icon from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Wi-Fi. Select an access point from the list of available Wi-Fi connections. Select Connect to start the network connection. NOTE: You may be prompted to enter a security key to activate the Wi-Fi connection. 57 Notebook PC E-Manual Bluetooth Use Bluetooth to facilitate wireless data transfers with other Bluetooth-
enabled devices. IMPORTANT! Airplane mode disables this feature. Ensure that Airplane mode is turned off before enabling the Bluetooth connection of your Notebook PC. Pairing with other Bluetooth-enabled devices You need to pair your Notebook PC with other Bluetooth-enabled devices to enable data transfers. Connect your devices by using the following steps:
1. 2. 3. or Launch Settings from the Start menu. Select Devices, then select Bluetooth to search for Bluetooth-enabled devices. Select a device from the list. Compare the passcode on your Notebook PC with the passcode sent to your chosen device. If they are the same, select Yes to successfully pair your Notebook PC with the device. NOTE: For some Bluetooth-enabled devices, you may be prompted to key in the passcode of your Notebook PC. 58 Notebook PC E-Manual Airplane mode Airplane mode disables wireless communication, allowing you to use your Notebook PC safely while in-flight. NOTE: Contact your airline provider to learn about related in-flight services that can be used and restrictions that must be followed when using your Notebook PC in-flight. Turning Airplane mode on 1. 2. or Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to enable Airplane mode. Press
. Turning Airplane mode off 1. 2. or Launch Action Center from the taskbar. Select the icon to disable Airplane mode. Press
. 59 Notebook PC E-Manual Turning your Notebook PC off You can turn off your Notebook PC by doing either of the following procedures:
or Launch the Start menu, then select Shut down to do a normal shutdown.
>
From the log-in screen, select
> Shut down. to launch Shut down Press Windows. Select Shut down from the drop-down list then select OK. If your Notebook PC is unresponsive, press and hold the power button for at least four (4) seconds until your Notebook PC turns off. 60 Notebook PC E-Manual Putting your Notebook PC to sleep To put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode:
or Launch the Start menu, then select Sleep to put your Notebook PC to sleep.
>
From the log-in screen, select
> Sleep. Press Select Sleep from the drop-down list then select OK. to launch Shut down Windows. NOTE: You can also put your Notebook PC to Sleep mode by pressing the power button once. 61 Notebook PC E-Manual 62 Notebook PC E-Manual Chapter 4:
Power-On Self-Test (POST) 63 Notebook PC E-Manual The Power-On Self-Test (POST) The POST (Power-On Self-Test) is a series of software-controlled diagnostic tests that run when you turn on or restart your Notebook PC. The software that controls the POST is installed as a permanent part of the Notebook PCs architecture. Using POST to access BIOS and Troubleshoot During POST, you can access the BIOS settings or run troubleshooting options using the function keys of your Notebook PC. You may refer to the following information for more details. BIOS The BIOS (Basic Input and Output System) stores system hardware settings that are needed for system startup in the Notebook PC. The default BIOS settings apply to most conditions of your Notebook PC. Do not change the default BIOS settings except in the following circumstances:
An error message appears onscreen during system bootup and requests you to run the BIOS Setup. You have installed a new system component that requires further BIOS settings or updates. WARNING! Using inappropriate BIOS settings may result to system instability or boot failure. We strongly recommend that you change the BIOS settings only with the help of a trained service personnel. Accessing BIOS Enter the BIOS settings by using any of the following methods:
64 Notebook PC E-Manual Restart your Notebook PC then press during POST. Launch the Start menu, and choose Settings > Update &
security > Recovery, then select Restart now under Advanced startup. When you enter the Advanced startup screen, select Troubleshoot > Advanced options > UEFI Firmware Settings >
Restart. BIOS Settings NOTE: The BIOS screens in this section are for reference only. The actual screens may differ by model and territory. EZ Mode This menu appears when you enter the BIOS setup program and provides you an overview of the basic system information. To access the Advanced Mode for the advanced BIOS settings, select Advanced Mode (F7) or press
. 65 Notebook PC E-Manual Boot This menu allows you to set your boot option priorities. You may refer to the following procedures when setting your boot priority. On the Boot screen, select Boot Option #1. Press and select a device as the Boot Option #1. 1. 2. 66 Notebook PC E-Manual Security This menu allows you to set up the administrator and user password of your Notebook PC. It also allows you to control the access to your Notebook PCs hard disk drive, input/output (I/O) interface, and USB interface. NOTE:
If you install a User Password, you will be prompted to input this before entering the operating system. If you install an Administrator Password, you will be prompted to input this before entering BIOS. 67 Notebook PC E-Manual To set the password:
1. 2. 3. On the Security screen, select Administrator Password or User Password. Type in a password then press
. Re-type to confirm the password then select OK. To clear the password:
On the Security screen, select Administrator Password or User Password. Type in the current password then press
. Leave other fields blank then select OK to continue. Select OK to clear the old password. NOTE: A keyboard is required to type in the password. 1. 2. 3. 4. 68 Notebook PC E-Manual Save & Exit To keep your configuration settings, select Save Changes and Exit before exiting the BIOS. 69 Notebook PC E-Manual To update the BIOS:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Verify the Notebook PCs exact model then download the latest BIOS file for your model from the ASUS website. Save a copy of the downloaded BIOS file to a flash disk drive. Connect your flash disk drive to your Notebook PC. Restart your Notebook PC then access the BIOS settings. From the BIOS menu, select Advanced > ASUS EZ Flash 3 Utility, then press
. 70 Notebook PC E-Manual 6. Locate your downloaded BIOS file in the flash disk drive then press update. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the 7. After the BIOS update process, select Save & Exit > Restore Defaults to restore the system to its default settings. 71 Notebook PC E-Manual Recovering your system Using recovery options on your Notebook PC allows you to restore the system to its original state or simply refresh its settings to help improve performance. IMPORTANT!
Backup all your data files before doing any recovery option on your Notebook PC. Note down important customized settings such as network settings, user names, and passwords to avoid data loss. Ensure that your Notebook PC is plugged in to a power source before resetting your system. Windows 10 allows you to do any of the following recovery options:
Keep my files - This option allows you refresh your Notebook PC without affecting personal files (photos, music, videos, documents). Using this option, you can restore your Notebook PC to its default settings and delete other installed apps. Remove everything - This option resets your Notebook PC to its factory settings. You must backup your data before doing this option. 72 Notebook PC E-Manual Go back to an earlier build - This option allows you to go back to an earlier build. Use this option if this build is not working for you. Advanced startup - Using this option allows you to perform other advanced recovery options on your Notebook PC such as:
-
-
Using a USB drive, network connection or Windows recovery DVD to startup your Notebook PC. Using Troubleshoot to enable any of these advanced recovery options: System Restore, System Image Recovery, Startup Repair, Command Prompt, UEFI Firmware Settings, and Startup Settings. Performing a recovery option Refer to the following steps if you want to access and use any of the available recovery options for your Notebook PC. 1. Launch Settings and select Update and security. 73 Notebook PC E-Manual 2. Under the Update and security option, select Recovery then select the recovery option you would like to perform. 74 Notebook PC E-Manual Tips and FAQs 75 Notebook PC E-Manual Useful tips for your Notebook PC To help you maximize the use of your Notebook PC, maintain its system performance, and ensure all your data are kept secured, here are some useful tips that you can follow:
Update Windows periodically to ensure that your applications have the latest security settings. Use an anti-virus software to protect your data and keep this updated too. Unless absolutely necessary, refrain from using force shutdown to turn off your Notebook PC. Always backup your data and make it a point to create a backup data in an external storage drive. Refrain from using the Notebook PC at extremely high temperatures. If you are not going to use your Notebook PC for a long period of time (at least a month), we recommend that you take out the battery if the battery is removable. Disconnect all external devices and ensure you have the following items prior to resetting your Notebook PC:
-
-
-
-
Product key for your operating systems and other installed applications Backup data Log in ID and password Internet connection information 76 Notebook PC E-Manual Hardware FAQs 1. A black dot, or sometimes a colored dot, appears onscreen when I turn on the Notebook PC. What should I do?
Although these dots normally appear onscreen, they will not affect your system. If the incident continues and subsequently affects system performance, consult an authorized ASUS service center. 2. My display panel has an uneven color and brightness. How can I fix this?
The color and brightness of your display panel may be affected by the angle and current position of your Notebook PC. The brightness and color tone of your Notebook PC may also vary per model. You may use the function keys or the display settings in your operating system to adjust the appearance of your display panel. 3. How can I maximize my Notebook PCs battery life?
You can try doing any of the following suggestions:
Use the function keys to adjust the display brightness. If you are not using any Wi-Fi connection, switch your system into Airplane mode. Disconnect unused USB devices. Close unused applications, especially those that take up too much system memory. 77 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My battery charge indicator does not light up. Whats wrong?
Check whether the power adapter or battery pack is attached correctly. You may also disconnect the power adapter or battery pack, wait for a minute, then reconnect them again to the power outlet and Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why is my touchpad not working?
Press to enable your touchpad. 6. When I play audio and video files, why cant I hear any sound from my Notebook PCs audio speakers?
You can try doing any of the following suggestions:
Press to turn up the speaker volume. Check if your speakers were set to mute. Check if a headphone jack is connected to your Notebook PC and remove it. 7. What should I do if my Notebook PCs power adapter gets lost or my battery stops working?
Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 78 Notebook PC E-Manual 8. My Notebook PC cannot do keystrokes correctly because my cursor keeps on moving. What should I do?
Make sure that nothing accidentally touches or presses on your touchpad while you type on the keyboard. You can also disable your touchpad by pressing
. 9. Instead of showing letters, pressing the U, I, and O keys on my keyboard displays numbers. How can I change this?
Press the key or
(on selected models) on your Notebook PC to turn off this feature and use the said keys for inputting letters. 79 Notebook PC E-Manual Software FAQs 1. When I turn on my Notebook PC, the power indicator lights up but nothing appears on my screen. What can I do to fix this?
You can try doing any of the following suggestions:
Force shutdown your Notebook PC by pressing the power button for at least four (4) seconds. Check if the power adapter and battery pack are inserted correctly then turn on your Notebook PC. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 2. What should I do when my screen displays this message:
Remove disks or other media. Press any key to restart.?
You can try doing any of the following suggestions:
Remove all connected USB devices then restart your Notebook PC. Remove any optical discs that are left inside the optical drive then restart. If the problem still exists, your Notebook PC might have a memory storage problem. Contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 3. My Notebook PC boots slower than usual and my operating system lags. How can I fix this?
Delete the applications you recently installed or were not included with your operating system package then restart your system. 80 Notebook PC E-Manual 4. My Notebook PC does not boot up. How can I fix this?
You can try doing any of the following suggestions:
Remove all connected devices to your Notebook PC then restart your system. If the problem still exists, contact your local ASUS service center for assistance. 5. Why cant my Notebook PC wake up from sleep mode?
You need to press the power button to resume your last working state. Your system might have completely used up its battery power. Connect the power adapter to your Notebook PC and connect to a power outlet then press the power button. 81 Notebook PC E-Manual 82 Notebook PC E-Manual Appendices 83 Notebook PC E-Manual DVD-ROM Drive Information The DVD-ROM drive allows you to view and create your own CDs and DVDs. You can purchase an optional DVD viewer software to view DVD titles. NOTE: The DVD-ROM Drive is available on selected models. Regional Playback Information Playback of DVD movie titles involves decoding MPEG2 video, digital AC3 audio and decryption of CSS protected content. CSS (sometimes called copy guard) is the name given to the content protection scheme adopted by the motion picture industry to satisfy a need to protect against unlawful content duplication. Although the design rules imposed on CSS licensors are many, one rule that is most relevant is playback restrictions on regionalized content. In order to facilitate geographically staggered movie releases, DVD video titles are released for specific geographic regions as defined in Region Definitions below. Copyright laws require that all DVD movies be limited to a particular region (usually coded to the region at which it is sold). While DVD movie content may be released for multiple regions, CSS design rules require that any system capable of playing CSS encrypted content must only be capable of playing one region. IMPORTANT! The region setting may be changed up to five times using the viewer software, then it can only play DVD movies for the last region setting. Changing the region code after that will require factory resetting which is not covered by warranty. If resetting is desired, shipping and resetting costs will be at the expense of the user. 84 Notebook PC E-Manual Region Definitions Region 1 Canada, US, US Territories Region 2 Czech, Egypt, Finland, France, Germany, Gulf States, Hungary, Iceland, Iran, Iraq, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Saudi Arabia, Scotland, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Syria, Turkey, UK, Greece, Former Yugoslav Republics, Slovakia Region 3 Burma, Indonesia, South Korea, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, Taiwan, Thailand, Vietnam Region 4 Australia, Caribbean (Except US Territories), Central America, New Zealand, Pacific Islands, South America Region 5 CIS, India, Pakistan, Rest of Africa, Russia, North Korea Region 6 China 85 Notebook PC E-Manual Blu-ray ROM Drive Information The Blu-ray ROM Drive allows you to view HD (High-Definition) videos and other disc file formats such as DVDs and CDs. NOTE: The Blue-ray ROM Drive is available on selected models. Region Definitions Region A North, Central and South American countries, and their territories; Taiwan, Hong Kong, Macao, Japan, Korea (South and North), South East Asian countries and their territories. Region B European, African, and South West Asian countries and their territories; Australia and New Zealand. Region C Central, South Asian, Eastern European countries and their territories; China and Mongolia. NOTE: Refer to Blu-ray Disc website at www.blu-raydisc.com/en/Technical/FAQs/Blu-rayDiscforVideo.aspx for more details. Internal Modem Compliancy The Notebook PC with internal modem model complies with JATE (Japan), FCC
(US, Canada, Korea, Taiwan), and CTR21. The internal modem has been approved in accordance with Council Decision 98/482/EC for pan-European single terminal connection to the public switched telephone network (PSTN). However due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point. In the event of problems you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance. 86 Notebook PC E-Manual Overview On 4th August 1998 the European Council Decision regarding the CTR 21 has been published in the Official Journal of the EC. The CTR 21 applies to all non voice terminal equipment with DTMF-dialling which is intended to be connected to the analogue PSTN (Public Switched Telephone Network). CTR 21 (Common Technical Regulation) for the attachment requirements for connection to the analogue public switched telephone networks of terminal equipment (excluding terminal equipment supporting the voice telephony justified case service) in which network addressing, if provided, is by means of dual tone multi-frequency signalling. Network Compatibility Declaration Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the Notified Body and the vendor:
This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-
working difficulties. Statement to be made by the manufacturer to the user: This declaration will indicate the networks with which the equipment is designed to work and any notified networks with which the equipment may have inter-working difficulties. The manufacturer shall also associate a statement to make it clear where network compatibility is dependent on physical and software switch settings. It will also advise the user to contact the vendor if it is desired to use the equipment on another network. Up to now the Notified Body of CETECOM issued several pan-European approvals using CTR 21. The results are Europes first modems which do not require regulatory approvals in each individual European country. Non-Voice Equipment Answering machines and loud-speaking telephones can be eligible as well as modems, fax machines, auto-dialers and alarm systems. Equipment in which the end-to-end quality of speech is controlled by regulations (e.g. handset telephones and in some countries also cordless telephones) is excluded. 87 Notebook PC E-Manual This table shows the countries currently under the CTR21 standard. Applied Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Still Pending No Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes More Testing No No Not Applicable Yes No No No No Not Applicable No No Still Pending No No No Yes No Not Applicable Not Applicable Not Applicable No No No Country Austria1 Belgium Czech Republic Denmark1 Finland France Germany Greece Hungary Iceland Ireland Italy Israel Lichtenstein Luxemburg The Netherlands1 Norway Poland Portugal Spain Sweden Switzerland United Kingdom 88 Notebook PC E-Manual This information was copied from CETECOM and is supplied without liability. For updates to this table, you may visit http://www.cetecom.de/technologies/ctr_21.html. 1 National requirements will apply only if the equipment may use pulse dialling
(manufacturers may state in the user guide that the equipment is only intended to support DTMF signalling, which would make any additional testing superfluous). In The Netherlands additional testing is required for series connection and caller ID facilities. 89 Notebook PC E-Manual Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement This device complies with FCC Rules Part 15. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission
(FCC) rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. WARNING! The use of a shielded-type power cord is required in order to meet FCC emission limits and to prevent interference to the nearby radio and television reception. It is essential that only the supplied power cord be used. Use only shielded cables to connect I/O devices to this equipment. You are cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void your authority to operate the equipment.
(Reprinted from the Code of Federal Regulations #47, part 15.193, 1993. Washington DC: Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration, U.S. Government Printing Office.) 90 Notebook PC E-Manual FCC Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Caution Statement WARNING! Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate this equipment. The manufacture declares that this device is limited to Channels 1 through 11 in the 2.4GHz frequency by specified firmware controlled in the USA. This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, please avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna during transmitting. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. RF Exposure Information (SAR) This device meets the governments requirements for exposure to radio waves. This device is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. The exposure standard employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg. Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the EUT transmitting at the specified power level in different channels. 91 Notebook PC E-Manual CE Mark Warning This device complies with the R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC (replaced in 2017 by RED 2014/53/EU), the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC (replaced in April 2016 by 2014/30/
EU), and the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC (replaced in April 2016 by 2014/35/
EU) issued by the Commission of the European Community. Countries where the device will be sold to:
AT EE IT NO BE ES IS PL BG FI LI PT CH FR LT RO CY GB LU SE CZ GR LV SI DE HU MT SK DK IE NL TR 92 Notebook PC E-Manual IC Radiation Exposure Statement for Canada This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. To maintain compliance with IC RF exposure compliance requirements, please avoid direct contact to the transmitting antenna during transmitting. End users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
This device may not cause interference and This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. To prevent radio interference to the licensed service (i.e. co-channel Mobile Satellite systems) this device is intended to be operated indoors and away from windows to provide maximum shielding. Equipment (or its transmit antenna) that is installed outdoors is subject to licensing. This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) 93 Notebook PC E-Manual Dclaration dIndustrie Canada relative lexposition aux ondes radio Cet appareil est conforme aux limites dexposition aux radiations dIndustrie Canada dfinies pour un environnement non-contrl. Pour maintenir la conformit avec les exigences dexposition RF dIC, veuillez viter tout contact direct avec lantenne pendant lmission. Les utilisateurs finaux doivent suivre les instructions de fonctionnement spcifiques pour satisfaire la conformit aux expositions RF. Son utilisation est sujette aux deux conditions suivantes:
Cet appareil ne peut pas causer dinterfrence, et Cet appareil doit accepter toute interfrence, y compris les interfrences qui pourraient causer un fonctionnement non souhait de lappareil. Pour viter les interfrences radio avec le service sous licence (cest -dire le partage de canal avec les systmes de tlphonie satellite), cet appareil est destin tre utilis en intrieur et loin des fentres pour fournir un blindage maximal. Tout appareil (ou son antenne dmission) qui est install en extrieur est sujet cette licence. Le present appareil est conforme aux CNR dIndustrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. CAN ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B) 94 Notebook PC E-Manual Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information The radiated output power of the Wireless Device is below the Industry Canada
(IC) radio frequency exposure limits. The Wireless Device should be used in such a manner such that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. This device has been evaluated for and shown compliant with the IC Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) limits when operated in portable exposure conditions. Informations concernant lexposition aux tilizeive radio (RF) La puissance de sortie mise par lappareil de sans tilize infrieure la limite dexposition aux tilizeive radio dIndustry Canada (IC). Utilisez lappareil de sans fil de faon tilizei les contacts humains lors du fonctionnement normal. Ce tilizeive a t valu pour et dmontr conforme la Taux IC dabsorption spcifique (SAR) des limites lorsquil est tilize dans des conditions dexposition portatifs. 95 Notebook PC E-Manual Wireless Operation Channel for Different Domains N. America 2.412-2.462 GHz Japan 2.412-2.484 GHz Europe ETSI 2.412-2.472 GHz Ch01 through CH11 Ch01 through Ch14 Ch01 through Ch13 France Restricted Wireless Frequency Bands Some areas of France have a restricted frequency band. The worst case maximum authorized power indoors are:
10mW for the entire 2.4 GHz band (2400 MHz2483.5 MHz) 100mW for frequencies between 2446.5 MHz and 2483.5 MHz NOTE: Channels 10 through 13 inclusive operate in the band 2446.6 MHz to 2483.5 MHz. There are few possibilities for outdoor use: on private property or on the private property of public persons, use is subject to a preliminary authorization procedure by the Ministry of Defense, with maximum authorized power of 100mW in the 2446.52483.5 MHz band. Use outdoors on public property is not permitted. In the departments listed below, for the entire 2.4 GHz band:
Maximum authorized power indoors is 100mW Maximum authorized power outdoors is 10mW 96 Notebook PC E-Manual Departments in which the use of the 24002483.5 MHz band is permitted with an EIRP of less than 100mW indoors and less than 10mW outdoors:
01 Ain 02 Aisne 05 Hautes Alpes 08 Ardennes 11 Aude 24 Dordogne 32 Gers 41 Loir et Cher 55 Meuse 60 Oise 12 Aveyron 25 Doubs 36 Indre 45 Loiret 58 Nivre 61 Orne 03 Allier 09 Arige 16 Charente 26 Drme 37 Indre et Loire 50 Manche 59 Nord 63 Puy du Dme 64 Pyrnes Atlantique 66 Pyrnes Orientales 67 Bas Rhin 68 Haut Rhin 70 Haute Sane 71 Sane et Loire 75 Paris 88 Vosges 94 Val de Marne 82 Tarn et Garonne 84 Vaucluse 89 Yonne 90 Territoire de Belfort This requirement is likely to change over time, allowing you to use your wireless LAN card in more areas within France. Please check with ART for the latest information (www.arcep.fr). NOTE: Your WLAN Card transmits less than 100mW, but more than 10mW. 97 Notebook PC E-Manual UL Safety Notices Required for UL 1459 covering telecommunications (telephone) equipment intended to be electrically connected to a telecommunication network that has an operating voltage to ground that does not exceed 200V peak, 300V peak-to-peak, and 105V rms, and installed or used in accordance with the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70). When using the Notebook PC modem, basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the risk of fire, electric shock, and injury to persons, including the following:
DO NOT use the Notebook PC near water, for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink or laundry tub, in a wet basement or near a swimming pool. DO NOT use the Notebook PC during an electrical storm. There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning. DO NOT use the Notebook PC in the vicinity of a gas leak. Required for UL 1642 covering primary (non-rechargeable) and secondary
(rechargeable) lithium batteries for use as power sources in products. These batteries contain metallic lithium, or a lithium alloy, or a lithium ion, and may consist of a single electrochemical cell or two or more cells connected in series, parallel, or both, that convert chemical energy into electrical energy by an irreversible or reversible chemical reaction. DO NOT dispose the Notebook PC battery pack in a fire, as they may explode. Check with local codes for possible special disposal instructions to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. DO NOT use power adapters or batteries from other devices to reduce the risk of injury to persons due to fire or explosion. Use only UL certified power adapters or batteries supplied by the manufacturer or authorized retailers. 98 Notebook PC E-Manual Power Safety Requirement Products with electrical current ratings up to 6A and weighing more than 3Kg must use approved power cords greater than or equal to: H05VV-F, 3G, 0.75mm2 or H05VV-F, 2G, 0.75mm2. TV Notices Note to CATV System InstallerCable distribution system should be grounded
(earthed) in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code (NEC), in particular Section 820.93, Grounding of Outer Conductive Shield of a Coaxial Cable installation should include bonding the screen of the coaxial cable to the earth at the building entrance. REACH Complying with the REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorization, and Restriction of Chemicals) regulatory framework, we publish the chemical substances in our products at ASUS REACH website at http://csr.asus.com/english/REACH.htm. Macrovision Corporation Product Notice This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S.A. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Prevention of Hearing Loss To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. 99 Notebook PC E-Manual Nordic Lithium Cautions (for lithium-ion batteries) CAUTION! Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturers instructions. (English) ATTENZIONE! Rischio di esplosione della batteria se sostituita in modo errato. Sostituire la batteria con un una di tipo uguale o equivalente consigliata dalla fabbrica. Non disperdere le batterie nellambiente. (Italian) VORSICHT! Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemen Austausch der Batterie. Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einem vom Hersteller empfohlenem hnlichen Typ. Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers. (German) ADVARSELI! Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig hndtering. Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type. Levr det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandren. (Danish) VARNING! Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Anvnd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren. Kassera anvnt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion. (Swedish) VAROITUS! Paristo voi rjht, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu. Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan sousittelemaan tyyppiin. Hvit kytetty paristo valmistagan ohjeiden mukaisesti. (Finnish) ATTENTION! Il y a danger dexplosion sil y a remplacement incorrect de la batterie. Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du mre type ou dun type quivalent recommand par le constructeur. Mettre au rebut les batteries usages conformment aux instructions du fabricant. (French) ADVARSEL! Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri. Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten. Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner. (Norwegian)
(Japanese)
!
. (Russian) 100 Notebook PC E-Manual Optical Drive Safety Information Laser Safety Information CD-ROM Drive Safety Warning CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT WARNING! To prevent exposure to the optical drives laser, do not attempt to disassemble or repair the optical drive by yourself. For your safety, contact a professional technician for assistance. Service warning label WARNING! INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN. DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM OR VIEW DIRECTLY WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS. CDRH Regulations The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration implemented regulations for laser products on August 2, 1976. These regulations apply to laser products manufactured from August 1, 1976. Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States. WARNING! Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein or in the laser product installation guide may result in hazardous radiation exposure. Coating Notice IMPORTANT! To provide electrical insulation and maintain electrical safety, a coating is applied to insulate the device except on the areas where the I/O ports are located. 101 Notebook PC E-Manual CTR 21 Approval (for Notebook PC with built-in Modem) Danish Dutch English Finnish French 102 Notebook PC E-Manual
various | (8260D2W) UserMan Part2 | Users Manual | 295.95 KiB |
German Greek Italian Portuguese Spanish Swedish 103 Notebook PC E-Manual ENERGY STAR complied product ENERGY STAR is a joint program of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Energy helping us all save money and protect the environment through energy efficient products and practices. All ASUS products with the ENERGY STAR logo comply with the ENERGY STAR standard, and the power management feature is enabled by default. The monitor and computer are automatically set to sleep within 10 and 30 minutes of user inactivity. To wake your computer, click the mouse or press any key on the keyboard. Please visit http://www.energystar.gov/powermanagement for detail information on power management and its benefits to the environment. In addition, please visit http://www.energystar.gov for detail information on the ENERGY STAR joint program. NOTE: Energy Star is NOT supported on FreeDOS and Linux-based operating systems. Global Environmental Regulation Compliance and Declaration ASUS follows the green design concept to design and manufacture our products, and makes sure that each stage of the product life cycle of ASUS product is in line with global environmental regulations. In addition, ASUS disclose the relevant information based on regulation requirements. Please refer to http://csr.asus.com/english/Compliance.htm for information disclosure based on regulation requirements ASUS is complied with:
Japan JIS-C-0950 Material Declarations EU REACH SVHC Korea RoHS 104 Notebook PC E-Manual ASUS Recycling/Takeback Services ASUS recycling and takeback programs come from our commitment to the highest standards for protecting our environment. We believe in providing solutions for you to be able to responsibly recycle our products, batteries, other components as well as the packaging materials. Please go to http://csr.asus.com/english/Takeback.htm for detailed recycling information in different regions. Rechargeable Battery Recycling Service in North America For US and Canada customers, you can call 1-800-822-8837
(toll-free) for recycling information of your ASUS products rechargeable batteries. Regional notice for California WARNING! This product may contain chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects or other reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling. Regional notice for Singapore Complies with IMDA Standards DB103778 This ASUS product complies with IMDA Standards. 105 Notebook PC E-Manual Regional notice for India This product complies with the India E-waste (Management and Handling) Rule 2011 and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls (PBBs) and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs) in concentrations exceeding 0.1% by weight in homogenous materials and 0.01% by weight in homogenous materials for cadmium, except for the exemptions listed in Schedule-II of the Rule. Notices for removable batteries Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. The battery and its component must be recycled or disposed of properly. Avis concernant les batteries remplaables La batterie de lordinateur portable peut prsenter un risque dincendie ou de brlure si celle-ci est retire ou dsassemble. La batterie et ses composants doivent tre recycls de faon approprie. 106 Notebook PC E-Manual Simplified EU Declaration of Conformity ASUSTek Computer Inc. hereby declares that this device is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC. Full text of EU declaration of conformity is available at https://www.asus.com/support/. This device may be operated in the countries listed below:
AT EE IT NO BE ES IS PL BG FI LI PT CH FR LT RO CY GB LU SE CZ GR LV SI DE HU MT SK DK IE NL TR 107 Notebook PC E-Manual 108 Notebook PC E-Manual
various | Information Guide | Users Manual | 1.31 MiB | July 30 2016 |
Intel WiFi Adapter Information Guide Intel WiFi Adapter Information Guide This version of Intel PROSet/Wireless WiFi Software is compatible with the adapters listed below. However, note that newer features provided in this software release are generally not supported for older, legacy adapters. The following adapters are supported on this release for Windows* 8 and Windows* 8.1 with Windows* 7 drivers from Intel:
Intel Centrino Wireless-N 100 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 130 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1030 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6200 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230 The following adapters are supported on this release for Windows* 8 with Windows* 8 drivers from Intel:
Intel Centrino Wireless-N 105 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 135 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2200 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2230 Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6205 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6235 Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250 Intel Centrino Ultimate-N 6300 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7260 Intel Wireless-N 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7265 Intel Wireless-N 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 The following adapters are supported on this release for Windows* 8.1 with Windows* 8 drivers from Intel:
Intel Centrino Wireless-N 105 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 135 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2200 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2230 Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6205 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6235 Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250 Intel Centrino Ultimate-N 6300 The following adapters are supported on this release for Windows* 8.1 with Windows* 8.1 drivers from Intel:
Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7260 Intel Wireless-N 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7265 Intel Wireless-N 7265 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 17260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 index.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:01 AM]
Intel WiFi Adapter Information Guide With your WiFi network card, you can access WiFi networks, share files or printers, or even share your Internet connection. All of these features can be explored using a WiFi network in your home or office. This WiFi network solution is designed for both home and business use. Additional users and features can be added as your networking needs grow and change. This guide contains basic information about Intel adapters. It includes information about several adapter properties that you can set to control and enhance the performance of your adapter with your particular wireless network and environment. Intel wireless adapters enable fast connectivity without wires for desktop and notebook PCs. Adapter Settings Regulatory Information Specifications Important Information Support Warranty Glossary Depending on the model of your Intel WiFi adapter, your adapter is compatible with 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, and 802.11n (draft 2.0) wireless standards. Operating at 5GHz or 2.4GHz frequency at data rates of up to 450 Mbps, you can now connect your computer to existing high-speed networks that use multiple access points within large or small environments. Your WiFi adapter maintains automatic data rate control according to the access point location and signal strength to achieve the fastest possible connection. All of your wireless network connections are easily managed by the WiFi connection utility. Profiles that are set up through the WiFi connection utility provide enhanced security measures with 802.1X network authentication. Information in this document is subject to change without notice. 20042014 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved. Intel Corporation, 5200 N.E. Elam Young Parkway, Hillsboro, OR 97124-6497 USA The copying or reproducing of any material in this document in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Intel Corporation is strictly forbidden. Intel is a trademark or registered trademark of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries. Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Intel disclaims any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own. Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Windows Vista is either a registered trademark or trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
*Other names and brands may be claimed as the property of others. Intel Corporation assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in this document. Nor does Intel make any commitment to update the information contained herein.
"IMPORTANT NOTICE FOR ALL USERS OR DISTRIBUTORS:
Intel wireless LAN adapters are engineered, manufactured, tested, and quality checked to ensure that they meet all necessary local and governmental regulatory agency requirements for the regions that they are designated and/or marked to ship into. Because wireless LANs are generally unlicensed devices that share spectrum with radars, satellites, and other licensed and unlicensed devices, it is sometimes necessary to dynamically detect, avoid, and limit usage to avoid interference with these devices. In many instances Intel is required to provide test data to prove regional and local compliance to regional and governmental regulations before certification or approval to use the product is granted. Intel's wireless LAN's EEPROM, firmware, and software driver are designed to carefully control parameters that affect radio operation and to ensure electromagnetic compliance (EMC). These parameters include, without limitation, RF power, spectrum usage, channel scanning, and human exposure. For these reasons Intel cannot permit any manipulation by third parties of the software provided in binary format with the wireless LAN adapters (e.g., the EEPROM and firmware). Furthermore, if you use any patches, utilities, or code with the Intel wireless LAN adapters that have been manipulated by an unauthorized party (i.e., patches, utilities, or code (including open source code modifications) which have not been validated by Intel), (i) you will be solely responsible for ensuring the regulatory compliance of the products, (ii) Intel will bear no liability, under any theory of liability for any issues associated with the modified products, including without limitation, claims under the index.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:01 AM]
Intel WiFi Adapter Information Guide warranty and/or issues arising from regulatory non-compliance, and (iii) Intel will not provide or be required to assist in providing support to any third parties for such modified products. Note: Many regulatory agencies consider Wireless LAN adapters to be "modules", and accordingly, condition system-
level regulatory approval upon receipt and review of test data documenting that the antennas and system configuration do not cause the EMC and radio operation to be non-compliant."
May 6, 2015 index.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:01 AM]
Adapter Settings Back to Contents Adapter Settings The Advanced tab displays the device properties for the WiFi adapter installed on your computer. How to Access At the Intel PROSet/Wireless WiFi Connection Utility, Advanced Menu click Adapter Settings. Select the Advanced tab. WiFi Adapter Settings Description Name 802.11ac Mode
(5GHz) 802.11n Channel Width
(2.4 GHz) Description The 802.11ac standard builds on 802.11n standard. 802.11ac Mode delivers up to 867Mbps
(theoretical) by increasing channel bandwidth to 80MHz and adding higher density modulation
(256 QAM). Select Enabled or Disabled to set the 802.11ac mode of the WiFi adapter. Enabled is the default setting. This setting applies to 802.11ac capable adapters only. Set high throughput channel width to maximize performance. Set the channel width to Auto or 20MHz. Use 20MHz if 802.11n channels are restricted. This setting applies to 802.11n capable adapters only. 802.11n Channel Width
(5.2 GHz) NOTE: This setting does not apply to the Intel Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN (uses 20 MHz channel width only). Set high throughput channel width to maximize performance. Set the channel width to Auto or 20MHz. Use 20MHz if 802.11n channels are restricted. This setting applies to 802.11n capable adapters only. NOTE: This setting does not apply to the following adapters:
Intel WiFi Link 1000 Intel Wireless WiFi Link 4965AGN 802.11n Mode The 802.11n standard builds on previous 802.11 standards by adding multiple-input multiple-
output (MIMO). MIMO increases data throughput to improve transfer rate. Select Enabled or Disabled to set the 802.11n mode of the WiFi adapter. Enabled is the default setting. This setting applies to 802.11n capable adapters only. Ad Hoc Channel 802.11b/g Ad Hoc QoS Mode NOTE: To achieve transfer rates greater than 54 Mbps on 802.11n connections, WPA2*-AES security must be selected. No security (None) can be selected to enable network setup and troubleshooting. An administrator can enable or disable support for high throughput mode to reduce power-
consumption or conflicts with other bands or compatibility issues. Select Enabled or Disabled. Quality of Service (QoS) control in ad hoc networks. QoS provides prioritization of traffic from the access point over a wireless LAN based on traffic classification. WMM (Wi-Fi Multimedia) is the QoS certification of the Wi-Fi Alliance (WFA). When WMM is enabled, the WiFi adapter uses WMM to support priority tagging and queuing capabilities for Wi-Fi networks. WMM Enabled (Default) WMM Disabled Bluetooth Enable or disable Bluetooth AMP. AMP stands for alternate MAC/PHY and uses the 802.11 (Wi-
adaptusr.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:02 AM]
Adapter Settings AMP HT Mode/VHT Mode/Disabled Fat Channel Intolerant Fi) as the high-speed transport. If disabled, Bluetooth HS is turned off. This settings lets you select HT Mode (High Throughput mode), VHT Mode (Very High Throughput Mode) or to disable both modes. HT Mode supports 802.11n compatibility, whereas VHT Mode supports 802.11ac compatibility. This setting communicates to access points that this WiFi adapter does not prefer 40MHz channels in the 2.4GHz band. The default setting is for this to be turned off (disabled), so that the adapter does not send this notification. If the access point continues to use 40MHz channels, the WiFi adapter will also use 40MHz channels if the 802.11n Channel Width (2.4GHz) setting is AUTO. NOTE: This setting does not apply to the following adapters:
Intel Wireless WiFi Link 4965AG_ Intel PRO/Wireless 3945ABG Network Connection Mixed mode protection Use to avoid data collisions in a mixed 802.11b and 802.11g environment. Request to Send/Clear to Send (RTS/CTS) should be used in an environment where clients may not hear each other. CTS-to-self can be used to gain more throughput in an environment where clients are in close proximity and can hear each other. Preferred Band In an environment with other radiating devices nearby (such as microwave ovens, cordless telephones, access points, or client devices), in order to reduce interference you may prefer the 5GHz band over the 2.4GHz band, or vice-versa. Your choices are:
No Preference Prefer 2.4GHz band Prefer 5GHz band Here are the various Wi-Fi bands:
802.11 legacy - 2.4GHz 802.11a - 3.7GHz and 5GHz 802.11b - 2.4GHz 802.11g - 2.4GHz 802.11n - 2.4GHz and 5GHz 802.11ac - 5GHz 802.11ad - 60GHz Roaming Aggressiveness This setting lets you define how aggressively your wireless client roams to improve connection to an access point. There are five available settings. Transmit Power 3. Medium: This is the default. A balanced setting between not roaming and performance. 1. Lowest: Your wireless client will not roam. Only significant link quality degradation causes it to roam to another access point. 5. Highest: Your wireless client continuously tracks the link quality. If any degradation occurs, it tries to find and roam to a better access point. Default Setting: Highest power setting. Lowest: Minimum Coverage: Set the adapter to the lowest transmit power. Enables you to expand the number of coverage areas or confine a coverage area. Reduces the coverage area in high traffic areas to improve overall transmission quality and avoids congestion and interference with other devices. Highest: Maximum Coverage: Set the adapter to a maximum transmit power level. Select for maximum performance and range in environments with limited additional WiFi radio devices. NOTE: The optimal setting is for a user to always set the transmit power at the lowest possible level that is still compatible with the quality of their communication. This allows the maximum number of wireless devices to operate in dense areas and reduce interference with other devices that it shares the same radio spectrum with. adaptusr.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:02 AM]
Adapter Settings Wake on Magic Packet NOTE: This setting takes effect when either Network (Infrastructure) or Device to Device (ad hoc) mode is used. This setting, enabled, wakes the computer from a sleep state when it receives a "magic packet"
from a sending computer. The magic packet contains the MAC address of the intended destination computer. Wake on Pattern Match Enabling turns on Wake on Magic Packet. Disabling turns off Wake on Magic Packet. Disabling this only disables the magic packet feature, not Wake on Wireless LAN. This feature wakes the computer from a sleep state when a particular wake pattern is received at the adapter. This feature is supported by the Window* 7 and Windows 8. Such patterns typically are:
Wake on new incoming TCP connection for IPv4 and IPv6 (TCP SYN IPv4 and TCP SYN IPv6). Wake on 802.1x re-authentication packets. Disabling this only disables the pattern match feature, not Wake on Wireless LAN. Wireless Mode Select which mode to use for connection to a wireless network:
802.11a only: Connect the wireless WiFi adapter to 802.11a networks only. Not applicable for all adapters. 802.11b only: Connect the wireless WiFi adapter to 802.11b networks only. Not applicable for all adapters. 802.11g only: Connect the wireless WiFi adapter to 802.11g networks only. 802.11a and 802.11g: Connect the WiFi adapter to 802.11a and 802.11g networks only. Not applicable for all adapters. 802.11b and 802.11g: Connect the WiFi adapter to 802.11b and 802.11g networks only. Not applicable for all adapters. 802.11a, 802.11b, and 802.11g: (Default) - Connect to either 802.11a, 802.11b or 802.11g wireless networks. Not applicable for all adapters. OK Cancel Saves settings and returns to the previous page. Closes and cancels any changes. Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers adaptusr.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:02 AM]
Regulatory Information Back to Contents Regulatory Information This section provides regulatory information for the following wireless adapters:
Intel Centrino Wireless-N 100 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 105 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 130 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 135 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1030 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2200 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2230 Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6200 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6205 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6235 Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250 Intel Centrino Ultimate-N 6300 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7260 Intel Wireless-N 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7265 Intel Wireless-N 7265 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 17265 Intel Wireless Gigabit Sink W13100 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 NOTE: Due to the evolving state of regulations and standards in the wireless LAN field (IEEE 802.11 and similar standards), the information provided herein is subject to change. Intel Corporation assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in this document. Intel WiFi/WiMAX Wireless Adapters Information in this section supports the following wireless adapters:
Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150 Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250 See Specifications for complete wireless adapter specifications. NOTE: In this section, all references to the "wireless adapter" refer to all adapters listed above. The following information is provided:
Information for the User Regulatory Information Information for OEMs and Host Integrators INFORMATION FOR THE USER Safety Notices regs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:03 AM]
Regulatory Information USA FCC Radio Frequency Exposure The FCC with its action in ET Docket 96-8 has adopted a safety standard for human exposure to radio frequency (RF) electromagnetic energy emitted by FCC certified equipment. The wireless adapter meets the Human Exposure requirements found in FCC Part 2, 15C, 15E along with guidance from KDB 447498, KDB 248227 and KDB 616217. Proper operation of this radio according to the instructions found in this manual will result in exposure substantially below the FCCs recommended limits. The following safety precautions should be observed:
Do not touch or move antenna while the unit is transmitting or receiving. Do not hold any component containing the radio such that the antenna is very close or touching any exposed parts of the body, especially the face or eyes, while transmitting. Do not operate the radio or attempt to transmit data unless the antenna is connected; this behavior may cause damage to the radio. Use in specific environments:
The use of wireless adapters in hazardous locations is limited by the constraints posed by the safety directors of such environments. The use of electronic devices equipped with wireless adapters on airplanes is governed by rules for each commercial airline operator. The use of wireless adapters in hospitals is restricted to the limits set forth by each hospital. Explosive Device Proximity Warning Warning: Do not operate a portable transmitter (including this wireless adapter) near unshielded blasting caps or in an explosive environment unless the transmitter has been modified to be qualified for such use. Antenna Warnings Warning: The wireless adapter is not designed for use with high-gain directional antennas. Use On Aircraft Caution Caution: Regulations of commercial airline operators may prohibit airborne operation of certain electronic devices equipped with radio-frequency wireless devices (wireless adapters) because their signals could interfere with critical aircraft instruments. Caution: 60 GHz/802.11ad equipment is not permitted on aircraft per FCC 15.255. OEM and host integrators should consider this FCC rule in host devices. Other Wireless Devices Safety Notices for Other Devices in the Wireless Network: See the documentation supplied with wireless adapters or other devices in the wireless network. Local Restrictions on 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11d, 802.11g, 802.11n, 802.11ac, and 802.16e Radio Usage Caution: Due to the fact that the frequencies used by 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11d, 802.11g, 802.11n, 802.11ac, and 802.16e wireless LAN devices may not yet be harmonized in all countries, 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11d, 802.11g, 802.11n, 802.11ac, and 802.16e products are designed for use only in specific countries, and are not allowed to be operated in countries other than those of designated use. As a user of these products, you are responsible for ensuring that the products are used only in the countries for which they were intended and for verifying that they are configured with the correct selection of frequency and channel for the country of use. The device transmit power control (TPC) interface is part of the Intel PROSet/Wireless WiFi Connection Utility Software. Operational restrictions for Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP) are provided by the system manufacturer. Any deviation from the permissible power and frequency settings for the country of use is an infringement of national law and may be punished as such. regs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:03 AM]
Regulatory Information Wireless Interoperability The wireless adapter is designed to be interoperable with other wireless LAN products that are based on direct sequence spread spectrum (DSSS) radio technology and to comply with the following standards:
IEEE Std. 802.11b compliant Standard on Wireless LAN IEEE Std. 802.11g compliant Standard on Wireless LAN IEEE Std. 802.11a compliant Standard on Wireless LAN IEEE Std. 802.11n draft 2.0 compliant on Wireless LAN IEEE 802.16e-2005 Wave 2 compliant Wireless Fidelity certification, as defined by the Wi-Fi Alliance WiMAX certification as defined by the WiMAX Forum The Wireless Adapter and Your Health The wireless adapter, like other radio devices, emits radio frequency electromagnetic energy. The level of energy emitted by the wireless adapter, however, is less than the electromagnetic energy emitted by other wireless devices such as mobile phones. The wireless adapter operates within the guidelines found in radio frequency safety standards and recommendations. These standards and recommendations reflect the consensus of the scientific community and result from deliberations of panels and committees of scientists who continually review and interpret the extensive research literature. In some situations or environments, the use of the wireless adapter may be restricted by the proprietor of the building or responsible representatives of the applicable organization. Examples of such situations may include:
Using the wireless adapter on board airplanes, or Using the wireless adapter in any other environment where the risk of interference with other devices or services is perceived or identified as being harmful. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of wireless adapters in a specific organization or environment (an airport, for example), you are encouraged to ask for authorization to use the adapter before you turn it on. REGULATORY INFORMATION USA - Federal Communications Commission (FCC) This wireless adapter is restricted to indoor use due to its operation in the 5.15 to 5.25 and 5.470 to 5.75GHz frequency ranges. No configuration controls are provided for Intel wireless adapters allowing any change in the frequency of operations outside the FCC grant of authorization for U.S. operation according to Part 15.407 of the FCC rules. Intel wireless adapters are intended for OEM integrators only. Intel wireless adapters cannot be co-located with any other transmitter unless approved by the FCC. This wireless adapter complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation of the device is subject to the following two conditions:
This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference that may cause undesired operation. Class B Device Interference Statement This wireless adapter has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This wireless adapter generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If the wireless adapter is not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, the wireless adapter may cause harmful interference to radio communications. There is no guarantee, however, that such interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this wireless adapter does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception
(which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on), the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by taking one or more of the following measures:
regs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:03 AM]
Regulatory Information Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna of the equipment experiencing the interference. Increase the distance between the wireless adapter and the equipment experiencing the interference. Connect the computer with the wireless adapter to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the equipment experiencing the interference is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. NOTE: The adapter must be installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions as described in the user documentation that comes with the product. Any other installation or use will violate FCC Part 15 regulations. Safety Approval Considerations This device has been safety approved as a component and is for use only in complete equipment where the acceptability of the combination is determined by the appropriate safety agencies. When installed, consideration must be given to the following:
It must be installed into a compliant host device meeting the requirement of UL/EN/IEC 60950-1 2nd edition including the general provisions of enclosure design 1.6.2 and specifically paragraph 1.2.6.2 (Fire Enclosure). The device shall be supplied by a SELV source when installed in the end-use equipment. A heating test shall be considered in the end-use product for meeting the requirement of UL/EN/IEC 60950-1 2nd edition. Low Halogen Applies only to brominated and chlorinated flame retardants (BFRs/CFRs) and PVC in the final product. Intel components as well as purchased components on the finished assembly meet JS-709 requirements, and the PCB /
substrate meet IEC 61249-2-21 requirements. The replacement of halogenated flame retardants and/or PVC may not be better for the environment. Japan 5GHz Korea
. 5150-5250MHz . Mexico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. Taiwan regs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:03 AM]
Regulatory Information 5.25-5.35 Radio Approvals To determine whether you are allowed to use your wireless network device in a specific country, please check to see if the radio type number that is printed on the identification label of your device is listed in the manufacturer's OEM Regulatory Guidance document. Modular Regulatory Certification Country Markings A list of countries requiring regulatory markings is available. Note that the lists include only countries requiring marking but not all certified countries. To find the regulatory country marking information for your adapter, perform these steps:
1. Open this web site: http://www.intel.com/support/wireless/wlan/
2. Click on the link for your adapter. 3. Click Document and Guides. 4. Under Regulatory Information, click Regulatory documents for your adapter. Regulatory ID Due to the very small size of the 8260D2W (12x16), the marking has been placed in this user manual because the product label on the device is considered too small to be readable. USA: Model 8260D2W, FCC ID: PD98260D2 (FCC ID without suffix "U" denotes factory installation only);
FCC ID: PD98260D2U (FCC ID with suffix U denotes user installation or replacement permitted and supported by bios locking feature) Canada: Model 8260D2W, IC: 1000M-8260D2 Japan: Model 8260D2W:
Korea: Model 8260D2W, MSIP-CRM-INT-8260D2W regs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:03 AM]
Regulatory Information Taiwan: Model 8260D2W, China: Model 8260D2W, CMIIT ID: 2014AJ3467 (M) Australia: Model 8260D2W, Due to the very small size of the 17265NGW/13100NGW, the marking has been placed in this user manual because the product label on the device is considered too small to be readable. Singapore: Model 17265NGW/13100NGW:
INFORMATION FOR OEMs and HOST INTEGRATORS The guidelines described within this document are provided to OEM integrators installing Intel wireless adapters in notebook and tablet PC host platforms. Adherence to these requirements is necessary to meet the conditions of compliance with FCC rules, including RF exposure. When all antenna type and placement guidelines described herein are fulfilled the Intel wireless adapters may be incorporated into notebook and tablet PC host platforms with no further restrictions. If any of the guidelines described herein are not satisfied it may be necessary for the OEM or integrator to perform additional testing and/or obtain additional approval. The OEM or integrator is responsible to determine the required host regulatory testing and/or obtaining the required host approvals for compliance. Intel wireless adapters are intended for OEMs and host integrators only. The Intel wireless adapter FCC Grant of Authorization describes any limited conditions of modular approval. The Intel wireless adapters must be operated with an access point that has been approved for the country of operation. Changes or modification to Intel wireless adapters by OEMs, integrators or other third parties is not permitted. Any changes or modification to Intel wireless adapters by OEMs, integrators or other third parties will void authorization to operate the adapter. Antenna Type and Gains Only antennas of the same type and with equal or less gains as shown below may be used with the Intel wireless adapters. Other types of antennas and/or higher gain antennas may require additional authorization for operation. Antenna Type Antenna Location
(Main/Aux) 2.4GHz Peak Gain in dBi*
2.6GHz Peak Gain in dBi*
5.2GHz Peak Gain in dBi*
5.5GHz Peak Gain in dBi*
5.7GHz Peak Gain in dBi*
regs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:03 AM]
Regulatory Information PIFA Main Aux MIMO
*All antenna gains include cable loss. 3.24 3.47 3.73 4.77 4.77 Antenna Placement Within the Host Platform To ensure RF exposure compliance the antenna(s) used with the Intel wireless adapters must be installed in notebook or tablet PC host platforms to provide a minimum separation distance from all persons, in all operating modes and orientations of the host platform, with strict adherence to the table below. The antenna separation distance applies to both horizontal and vertical orientation of the antenna when installed in the host system. Intel Wireless Adapter Minimum required antenna-to-user separation distance Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150 Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6350 18 mm 17 mm Simultaneous Transmission of Intel Wireless Adapters with Other Integrated or Plug-In Transmitters Based upon FCC Knowledge Database publication number 616217 when there are multiple transmitting devices installed in a host device, an RF exposure transmitting assessment shall be performed to determine the necessary application and test requirements. OEM integrators must identify all possible combinations of simultaneous transmission configurations for all transmitters and antennas installed in the host system. This includes transmitters installed in the host as mobile devices (>20 cm separation from user) and portable devices (<20 cm separation from user). OEM integrators should consult the actual FCC KDB 616217 document for all details in making this assessment to determine if any additional requirements for testing or FCC approval is necessary. Information To Be Supplied to the End User by the OEM or Integrator The following regulatory and safety notices must be published in documentation supplied to the end user of the product or system incorporating the Intel wireless adapter, in compliance with local regulations. Host system must be labeled with "Contains FCC ID: XXXXXXXX", FCC ID displayed on label. The Intel wireless adapter must be installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions as described in the user documentation that comes with the product. Intel Corporation is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by unauthorized modification of the devices included with the wireless adapter kit or the substitution or attachment of connecting cables and equipment other than that specified by Intel Corporation. The correction of interference caused by such unauthorized modification, substitution or attachment is the responsibility of the user. Intel Corporation and authorized resellers or distributors are not liable for any damage or violation of government regulations that may arise from the user failing to comply with these guidelines. Local Restriction of 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, and 802.11e Radio Usage The following statement on local restrictions must be published as part of the compliance documentation for all 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g and 802.11n products. Caution: Due to the fact that the frequencies used by 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, and 802.16e wireless LAN devices may not yet be harmonized in all countries, 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, and 802.16e products are designed for use only in specific countries, and are not allowed to be operated in countries other than those of designated use. As a user of these products, you are responsible for ensuring that the products are used only in the countries for which they were intended and for verifying that they are configured with the correct selection of frequency and channel for the country of use. Any deviation from the permissible power and frequency settings for the country of use is an infringement of national law and may be punished as such. regs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:03 AM]
Regulatory Information Intel WiFi Adapters, 802.11n Compliant The information in this section applies to the following products:
Intel Centrino Wireless-N 100 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 105 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 130 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 135 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1030 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2200 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2230 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6200 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6205 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6235 Intel Centrino Ultimate-N 6300 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7260 Intel Wireless-N 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7265 Intel Wireless-N 7265 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 17265 Intel Wireless Gigabit Sink W13100 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 See Specifications for complete wireless adapter specifications. NOTE: In this section, all references to the "wireless adapter" refer to all adapters listed above. The following information is provided:
Information for the User Regulatory Information Information for OEMs and Host Integrators Statements of European Compliance INFORMATION FOR THE USER Safety Notices USA FCC Radio Frequency Exposure The FCC with its action in ET Docket 96-8 has adopted a safety standard for human exposure to radio frequency (RF) electromagnetic energy emitted by FCC certified equipment. The wireless adapter meets the Human Exposure requirements found in FCC Part 2, 15C, 15E along with guidance from KDB 447498, KDB 248227 and KDB 616217. Proper operation of this radio according to the instructions found in this manual will result in exposure substantially below the FCCs recommended limits. The following safety precautions should be observed:
Do not touch or move antenna while the unit is transmitting or receiving. Do not hold any component containing the radio such that the antenna is very close or touching any exposed parts of the body, especially the face or eyes, while transmitting. Do not operate the radio or attempt to transmit data unless the antenna is connected; this behavior may cause regs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:03 AM]
Regulatory Information damage to the radio. Use in specific environments:
The use of wireless adapters in hazardous locations is limited by the constraints posed by the safety directors of such environments. The use of wireless adapters on airplanes is governed by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA). The use of wireless adapters in hospitals is restricted to the limits set forth by each hospital. Explosive Device Proximity Warning Warning: Do not operate a portable transmitter (including this wireless adapter) near unshielded blasting caps or in an explosive environment unless the transmitter has been modified to be qualified for such use. Antenna Warnings Warning: The wireless adapter is not designed for use with high-gain directional antennas. Use On Aircraft Caution Caution: Regulations of commercial airline operators may prohibit airborne operation of certain electronic devices equipped with radio-frequency wireless devices (wireless adapters) because their signals could interfere with critical aircraft instruments. Caution: 60 GHz/802.11ad equipment is not permitted on aircraft per FCC 15.255. OEM and host integrators should consider this FCC rule in host devices. Other Wireless Devices Safety Notices for Other Devices in the Wireless Network: See the documentation supplied with wireless adapters or other devices in the wireless network. Local Restrictions on 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11d, 802.11g, 802.11n, and 802.11ac Radio Usage Caution: Due to the fact that the frequencies used by 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11d, 802.11g, 802.11n, and 802.11ac wireless LAN devices may not yet be harmonized in all countries, 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11d, 802.11g, 802.11n, and 802.11ac products are designed for use only in specific countries, and are not allowed to be operated in countries other than those of designated use. As a user of these products, you are responsible for ensuring that the products are used only in the countries for which they were intended and for verifying that they are configured with the correct selection of frequency and channel for the country of use. The device transmit power control (TPC) interface is part of the Intel PROSet/Wireless WiFi Connection Utility Software. Operational restrictions for Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP) are provided by the system manufacturer. Any deviation from the permissible power and frequency settings for the country of use is an infringement of national law and may be punished as such. Wireless Interoperability The wireless adapter is designed to be interoperable with other wireless LAN products that are based on direct sequence spread spectrum (DSSS) radio technology and to comply with the following standards:
IEEE Std. 802.11b compliant Standard on Wireless LAN IEEE Std. 802.11g compliant Standard on Wireless LAN IEEE Std. 802.11a compliant Standard on Wireless LAN IEEE Std. 802.11n compliant Standard on Wireless LAN IEEE Std. 802.11ac draft compliant on Wireless LAN Wireless Fidelity certification, as defined by the Wi-Fi Alliance The Wireless Adapter and Your Health The wireless adapter, like other radio devices, emits radio frequency electromagnetic energy. The level of energy regs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:03 AM]
Regulatory Information emitted by the wireless adapter, however, is less than the electromagnetic energy emitted by other wireless devices such as mobile phones. The wireless adapter operates within the guidelines found in radio frequency safety standards and recommendations. These standards and recommendations reflect the consensus of the scientific community and result from deliberations of panels and committees of scientists who continually review and interpret the extensive research literature. In some situations or environments, the use of the wireless adapter may be restricted by the proprietor of the building or responsible representatives of the applicable organization. Examples of such situations may include:
Using the wireless adapter on board airplanes, or Using the wireless adapter in any other environment where the risk of interference with other devices or services is perceived or identified as being harmful. If you are uncertain of the policy that applies to the use of wireless adapters in a specific organization or environment (an airport, for example), you are encouraged to ask for authorization to use the adapter before you turn it on. REGULATORY INFORMATION USA - Federal Communications Commission (FCC) This wireless adapter is restricted to indoor use due to its operation in the 5.15 to 5.25 and 5.470 to 5.75GHz frequency ranges. No configuration controls are provided for Intel wireless adapters allowing any change in the frequency of operations outside the FCC grant of authorization for U.S. operation according to Part 15.407 of the FCC rules. Intel wireless adapters are intended for OEM integrators only. Intel wireless adapters cannot be co-located with any other transmitter unless approved by the FCC. This wireless adapter complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation of the device is subject to the following two conditions:
This device may not cause harmful interference. This device must accept any interference that may cause undesired operation. NOTE: The radiated output power of the adapter is far below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the adapter should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. To avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, you should keep a distance of at least 20cm between you (or any other person in the vicinity), or the minimum separation distance as specified by the FCC grant conditions, and the antenna that is built into the computer. Details of the authorized configurations can be found at http://www.fcc.gov/oet/ea/
by entering the FCC ID number on the device. Class B Device Interference Statement This wireless adapter has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This wireless adapter generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. If the wireless adapter is not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, the wireless adapter may cause harmful interference to radio communications. There is no guarantee, however, that such interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this wireless adapter does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception
(which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on), the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by taking one or more of the following measures:
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna of the equipment experiencing the interference. Increase the distance between the wireless adapter and the equipment experiencing the interference. Connect the computer with the wireless adapter to an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the equipment experiencing the interference is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. NOTE: The adapter must be installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions regs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:03 AM]
Regulatory Information as described in the user documentation that comes with the product. Any other installation or use will violate FCC Part 15 regulations. Safety Approval Considerations This device has been safety approved as a component and is for use only in complete equipment where the acceptability of the combination is determined by the appropriate safety agencies. When installed, consideration must be given to the following:
It must be installed into a compliant host device meeting the requirement of UL/EN/IEC 60950-1 2nd edition including the general provisions of enclosure design 1.6.2 and specifically paragraph 1.2.6.2 (Fire Enclosure). The device shall be supplied by a SELV source when installed in the end-use equipment. A heating test shall be considered in the end-use product for meeting the requirement of UL/EN/IEC 60950-1 2nd edition. Low Halogen Applies only to brominated and chlorinated flame retardants (BFRs/CFRs) and PVC in the final product. Intel components as well as purchased components on the finished assembly meet JS-709 requirements, and the PCB /
substrate meet IEC 61249-2-21 requirements. The replacement of halogenated flame retardants and/or PVC may not be better for the environment. Canada Industry Canada (IC) This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Cet appareil se conforme aux normes Canada d'Industrie de RSS permis-exempt. L'utilisation est assujetti aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) cet appareil ne peut pas causer d'interfrences, et (2) cet appareil doit accepter des interfrences , y compris des interfrences qui peuvent causer desoprations non dsires de l'appareil. Caution: When using IEEE 802.11a wireless LAN, this product is restricted to indoor use due to its operation in the 5.15- to 5.25-GHz frequency range. Industry Canada requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range of 5.15GHz to 5.25GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems. High power radar is allocated as the primary user of the 5.25- to 5.35-GHz and 5.65 to 5.85-GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage to this device. The maximum allowed antenna gain for use with this device is 6dBi in order to comply with the E.I.R.P limit for the 5.25- to 5.35 and 5.725 to 5.85GHz frequency range in point-to-point operation. To comply with RF exposure requirements all antennas should be located at a minimum distance of 20cm, or the minimum separation distance allowed by the module approval, from the body of all persons. Attention: l'utilisation d'un rseau sans fil IEEE802.11a est restreinte une utilisation en intrieur cause du fonctionnement dans la bande de frquence 5.15-5.25 GHz. Industry Canada requiert que ce produit soit utilis l'intrieur des btiments pour la bande de frquence 5.15-5.25 GHz afin de rduire les possibilits d'interfrences nuisibles aux canaux co-existants des systmes de transmission satellites. Les radars de puissances ont fait l'objet d'une allocation primaire de frquences dans les bandes 5.25-5.35 GHz et 5.65-5.85 GHz. Ces stations radar peuvent crer des interfrences avec ce produit et/ou lui tre nuisible. Le gain d'antenne maximum permissible pour une utilisation avec ce produit est de 6 dBi afin d'tre conforme aux limites de puissance isotropique rayonne quivalente (P.I.R.E.) applicable dans les bandes 5.25-5.35 GHz et 5.725-5.85 GHz en fonctionnement point--
point. Pour se conformer aux conditions d'exposition de RF toutes les antennes devraient tre localises une distance minimum de 20 cm, ou la distance de sparation minimum permise par l'approbation du module, du corps de toutes les personnes. Under Industry Canada regulations, this radio transmitter may only operate using an antenna of a type and maximum (or lesser) gain approved for the transmitter by Industry Canada. To reduce potential radio interference to other users, the antenna type and its gain should be so chosen that the equivalent isotropically radiated power
(e.i.r.p.) is not more than that necessary for successful communication. regs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:03 AM]
Regulatory Information Selon les rglements de Canada d'Industrie, cet metteur de radio peut seulement fonctionner en utilisant une antenne du type et de gain maximum (ou moindre) que le gain approuv pour l'metteur par Canada d'Industrie. Pour rduire lesinterfrences radio potentielles avec les autres utilisateurs, le type d'antenne et son gain devraient tre choisis de faon ce que la puissance isotrope rayonne quivalente(P.I.R.E.) ne soit pas suprieure celle qui est ncessaire pour une communication russie. European Union The low band 5.15 - 5.35GHz is for indoor use only. This equipment complies with the essential requirements of the European Union directive 1999/5/EC. See Statements of European Union Compliance. European Union Declarations of Conformity To view the European Union Declaration of Conformity for your adapter, perform these steps. 1. Open this web site: http://developer.intel.com/design/litcentr/ce_docs/index.htm. 2. Under the Wireless Products menu select your adapter. 3. Click Go. To view additional regulatory information for your adapter, perform these steps:
1. Open this web site: http://www.intel.com/support/wireless/wlan/
2. Click on the link for your adapter. 3. Click Document and Guides. 4. Under Regulatory Information, click Regulatory documents for your adapter. Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive (WEEE) Restriction of Hazardous Substances Directive (RoHS) Compliant All products described herein are compliant with the European Union's RoHS Directive. For CE Mark-Related Questions related to the wireless adapter, contact:
Intel Corporation Attn: Corporate Quality 2200 Mission College Blvd. Santa Clara, CA 95054-1549 USA Japan 5GHz Korea
. 5150-5250MHz . regs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:03 AM]
Regulatory Information Mexico La operacin de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y (2) este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia, incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacin no deseada. Morocco The operation of this product in the radio channel 2 (2417 MHz) is not authorized in the following cities: Agadir, Assa-Zag, Cabo Negro, Chaouen, Goulmima, Oujda, Tan Tan, Taourirt, Taroudant and Taza. The operation of this product in the radio channels 4, 5, 6 et 7 (2425 - 2442 MHz) is not authorized in the following cities: Aroport Mohamed V, Agadir, Aguelmous, Anza, Benslimane, Bni Hafida, Cabo Negro, Casablanca, Fs, Lakbab, Marrakech, Merchich, Mohammdia, Rabat, Sal, Tanger, Tan Tan, Taounate, Tit Mellil, Zag. Pakistan
"PTA APPROVED MODEL"
Taiwan 5.25-5.35 Singapore Radio Approvals To determine whether you are allowed to use your wireless network device in a specific country, please check to see if the radio type number that is printed on the identification label of your device is listed in the manufacturer's OEM regs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:03 AM]
Regulatory Information Regulatory Guidance document. Modular Regulatory Certification Country Markings A list of countries requiring regulatory markings is available. Note that the lists include only countries requiring marking but not all certified countries. To find the regulatory country marking information for your adapter, perform these steps:
1. Open this web site: http://www.intel.com/support/wireless/wlan/
2. Click on the link for your adapter. 3. Click Document and Guides 4. Under Regulatory Information, click Regulatory documents for your adapter. Regulatory ID Due to the very small size of the 7265D2W (12x16), the marking has been placed in this user manual because the product label on the device is considered too small to be readable. USA: Model 7265D2W, FCC ID: PD97265D2 Canada: Model 7265D2W, IC: 1000M-7265D2 Japan: Model 7265D2W:
Korea: Model 7265D2W, MSIP-CRM-INT-7265D2W Taiwan: Model 7265D2W, China: Model 7265D2W, CMIIT ID: 2014AJ3467 (M) Australia: Model 7265D2W, Due to the very small size of the 17265NGW/13100NGW, the marking has been placed in this user manual because the product label on the device is considered too small to be readable. Singapore: Model 17265NGW/13100NGW:
regs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:03 AM]
Regulatory Information INFORMATION FOR OEMS and HOST INTEGRATORS The guidelines described within this document are provided to OEM integrators installing Intel wireless adapters in notebook and tablet PC host platforms. Adherence to these requirements is necessary to meet the conditions of compliance with FCC rules, including RF exposure. When all antenna type and placement guidelines described herein are fulfilled the Intel wireless adapters may be incorporated into notebook and tablet PC host platforms with no further restrictions. If any of the guidelines described herein are not satisfied it may be necessary for the OEM or integrator to perform additional testing and/or obtain additional approval. The OEM or integrator is responsible to determine the required host regulatory testing and/or obtaining the required host approvals for compliance. Intel wireless adapters are intended for OEMs and host integrators only. The Intel wireless adapter FCC Grant of Authorization describes any limited conditions of modular approval. The Intel wireless adapters must be operated with an access point that has been approved for the country of operation. Changes or modification to Intel wireless adapters by OEMs, integrators or other third parties is not permitted. Any changes or modification to Intel wireless adapters by OEMs, integrators or other third parties will void authorization to operate the adapter. Antenna Type and Gains Only antennas of the same type and with equal or less gains as shown below may be used with the Intel wireless adapters. Other types of antennas and/or higher gain antennas may require additional authorization for operation. Antenna Type PIFA Antenna Location
(Main/Aux) 2.4GHz Peak Gain in dBi*
2.6GHz Peak Gain in dBi*
5.2GHz Peak Gain in dBi*
5.5GHz Peak Gain in dBi*
5.7GHz Peak Gain in dBi*
Main Aux MIMO 3.24 3.47 3.73 4.77 4.77
*All antenna gains include cable loss. Antenna Placement Within the Host Platform To ensure RF exposure compliance the antenna(s) used with the Intel wireless adapters must be installed in notebook or tablet PC host platforms to provide a minimum separation distance from all persons, in all operating modes and orientations of the host platform, with strict adherence to the table below. The antenna separation distance applies to both horizontal and vertical orientation of the antenna when installed in the host system. Wireless Adapter Intel Centrino Wireless-N 100 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 105 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 130 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 135 Minimum required antenna-to-user separation distance 9 mm 9 mm 8 mm 9 mm regs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:03 AM]
Regulatory Information Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000*
Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1030 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2200 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2230 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6200*
Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6205 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6235 Intel Centrino Ultimate-N 6300 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7260 Intel Wireless-N 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7265 Intel Wireless-N 7265 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 17265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260
* This wireless adapter may be installed in mobile devices only
(requires > 20 cm antenna separation from the body of user). 20 mm 8 mm 9 mm 6 mm 20 mm 12 mm 12 mm 8 mm 13 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm For WiFi/Bluetooth combination adapters it is recommended that a 5 cm separation distance between transmitting antennas be provided within the host system to maintain an adequate separation ratio for simultaneous WiFi and Bluetooth transmission. For less than 5 cm separation the separation ratio must be verified according to FCC publication KDB 447498 for the specific adapter. Additional regulatory authorization process may be required if wishing to place the 60 GHz/802.11ad RFEM (antenna array) closer than 20 cm to the user. Simultaneous Transmission of Intel Wireless Adapters with Other Integrated or Plug-In Transmitters Based upon FCC Knowledge Database publication number 616217, when there are multiple transmitting devices installed in a host device, an RF exposure transmitting assessment shall be performed to determine the necessary application and test requirements. OEM integrators must identify all possible combinations of simultaneous transmission configurations for all transmitters and antennas installed in the host system. This includes transmitters installed in the host as mobile devices (>20 cm separation from user) and portable devices (<20 cm separation from user). OEM integrators should consult the actual FCC KDB 616217 document for all details in making this assessment to determine if any additional requirements for testing or FCC approval is necessary. Information To Be Supplied to the End User by the OEM or Integrator The following regulatory and safety notices must be published in documentation supplied to the end user of the product or system incorporating the Intel wireless adapter, in compliance with local regulations. Host system must be labeled with "Contains FCC ID: XXXXXXXX", FCC ID displayed on label. The wireless adapter must be installed and used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions as described in the user documentation that comes with the product. For country-specific approvals, see Radio Approvals. Intel Corporation is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by unauthorized modification of the devices included with the wireless adapter kit or the substitution or attachment of connecting regs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:03 AM]
Regulatory Information cables and equipment other than that specified by Intel Corporation. The correction of interference caused by such unauthorized modification, substitution or attachment is the responsibility of the user. Intel Corporation and authorized resellers or distributors are not liable for any damage or violation of government regulations that may arise from the user failing to comply with these guidelines. Local Restriction of 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, and 802.11ad Radio Usage The following statement on local restrictions must be published as part of the compliance documentation for all 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, and 802.11ad products. Caution: Due to the fact that the frequencies used by 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, and 802.11ad wireless LAN devices may not yet be harmonized in all countries, 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g and 802.11n products are designed for use only in specific countries, and are not allowed to be operated in countries other than those of designated use. As a user of these products, you are responsible for ensuring that the products are used only in the countries for which they were intended and for verifying that they are configured with the correct selection of frequency and channel for the country of use. Any deviation from permissible settings and restrictions in the country of use could be an infringement of national law and may be punished as such. Statements of European Compliance Each of the adapters listed below comply with the essential requirements of the European Union directive 1999/5/EC. Intel Centrino Wireless-N 100 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 105 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 130 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 135 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1030 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2200 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2230 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6200 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6205 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6235 Intel Centrino Ultimate-N 6300 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7260 Intel Wireless-N 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7265 Intel Wireless-N 7265 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 17265 Intel Wireless Gigabit Sink W13100 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers regs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:03 AM]
Specifications Back to Contents Specifications This section provides specification information for the family of Intel wireless adapters. The following list may not be all inclusive. Intel Centrino Wireless-N 100 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 105 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 130 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 135 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1030 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2200 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2230 Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6200 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6205 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6235 Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250 Intel Centrino Ultimate-N 6300 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7260 Intel Wireless-N 7260 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7265 Intel Wireless-N 7265 Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 17265 Intel Wireless Gigabit Sink W13100 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 100, Intel Centrino Wireless-N 105, Intel Centrino Wireless-N 130 and Intel Centrino Wireless-N 135 Form Factor Dimensions PCI Express* Half-Mini Card Half-Mini Card: Width 1.049 in x Length 1.18 in x Height 0.18 in (26.64 mm x 30 mm x 4.5 mm) Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity Connector Interface 52-pin Mini Card edge connector Voltage Operating Temperature Humidity WiFi Frequency Modulation Frequency band 3.3 V 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 95% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 2.4 GHz (802.11b/g/n) 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (dependent on country) specs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:04 AM]
Wi-Fi Alliance*
certification Cisco Compatible Extensions certification IEEE Feature Sets Architecture Security Product Safety Specifications Modulation Wireless Medium Channels IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth Support BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM 2.4 GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. MIMO Configuration: 1X1 CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK Tx/Rx: 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Intel Centrino Wireless-N 100: None Intel Centrino Wireless-N 105: None Intel Centrino Wireless-N 130: Bluetooth 2.1, 2.1 + EDR, 3.0, 3.0+HS Intel Centrino Wireless-N 135: Bluetooth 4.0 (Bluetooth Low-Energy and Bluetooth 3.0 +HS) General Operating Systems Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8.1 (32-bit and 64-bit) Wi-Fi* certification for 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, WPA-Personal, WPA-Enterprise, WPA2-
Personal, WPA2-Enterprise, WMM, WPS Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 IEEE 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, 802.11e, 802.11i, 802.11d, 802.11h Infrastructure or ad hoc (peer-to-peer) operating modes WPA-Personal, WPA2-Personal, WPA-Enterprise, WPA2-Enterprise, AES-CCMP 128-bit, WEP 128-bit and 64-bit; 802.1X: EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-
AKA UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000 WiFi / WiMAX Form Factor SKUs Dimensions Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity Connector Interface Voltage Operating Temperature Humidity WiFi specs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:04 AM]
PCI Express* Mini Card and Half-Mini Card Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1000 - 1X2 MC/HMC Mini Card: Width 2.0 in x Length 1.18 in x Height 0.18 in (50.80 mm x 30 mm x 4.5 mm) Half-Mini Card: Width 1.049 in x Length 1.18 in x Height 0.18 in (26.64 mm x 30 mm x 4.5 mm) Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 52-pin Mini Card edge connector 3.3 V 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 90% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) Specifications Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels IEEE 802.11n Data Rates 300, 270, 243, 240, 180, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 2.4 GHz (802.11b/g/n) 2.41-2.474 GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4 GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 Mbps IEEE 802.11g Data Rates 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps IEEE 802.11b Data Rates 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps WiFi General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*
certification Cisco Compatible Extensions certification WLAN Standard Architecture Security Encryption Product Safety Microsoft Windows* XP (32 and 64 bit) and Windows Vista* (32 and 64 bit), Ubuntu Linux*
Wi-Fi* certification for 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, WPA-Personal, WPA-Enterprise, WPA2-Personal, WPA2-Enterprise, WMM, WPS Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 IEEE 802.11g, 802.11b, 802.11n, 802.11d, 802.11e, 802.11i, Infrastructure or ad hoc (peer-to-peer) operating modes WPA-Personal, WPA2-Personal, WPA-Enterprise, WPA2-Enterprise, 802.1X: EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-AKA AES-CCMP 128-bit, WEP 128-bit and 64-bit, CKIP, TKIP UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2200 and Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2230 Form Factor Dimensions PCI Express* Half-Mini Card Half-Mini Card: Width 1.049 in x Length 1.18 in x Height 0.18 in (26.64 mm x 30 mm x 4.5 mm) Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 3.3 V 0 to +80 degrees Celsius Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity Connector Interface 52-pin Mini Card edge connector Voltage Operating Temperature Humidity WiFi Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels IEEE 802.11n Data Rates 50% to 95% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 2.4 GHz (802.11b/g/n) 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM 2.4 GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. MIMO Configuration: 2X2 CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK Tx/Rx: 300, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, specs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:04 AM]
Wi-Fi Alliance*
certification Cisco Compatible Extensions certification IEEE Feature Sets Architecture Security Product Safety Specifications IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth Support 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2200: None Intel Centrino Wireless-N 2230: Bluetooth 4.0 (Bluetooth Low-Energy and Bluetooth 3.0 +HS) General Operating Systems Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8.1 (32-bit and 64-bit) Wi-Fi* certification for 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, WPA-Personal, WPA-Enterprise, WPA2-
Personal, WPA2-Enterprise, WMM, WPS Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 IEEE 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, 802.11e, 802.11i, 802.11d, 802.11h Infrastructure or ad hoc (peer-to-peer) operating modes WPA-Personal, WPA2-Personal, WPA-Enterprise, WPA2-Enterprise, AES-CCMP 128-bit, WEP 128-bit and 64-bit; 802.1X: EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-
AKA UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1030 and Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230 Form Factor Dimensions Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity Network Standards Connector Interface Voltage Operating Temperature Humidity WiFi Network Standards PCI Express* Half-Mini Card Half-Mini Card: Width 1.049 in x Length 1.18 in x Height 0.18 in (26.64 mm x 30 mm x 4.5 mm) Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 802.11a/b/g/n (varies by adapter) and Bluetooth 3.0 + HS 52-pin Mini Card edge connector 3.3 V 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 95% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1030: 802.11b/g/n Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230: 802.11a/g/n 5 GHz (802.11a/n) Frequency Modulation Frequency band 5.15 GHz - 5.85 GHz (dependent on country) Modulation Wireless BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM 5 GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division 2.4 GHz (802.11b/g/n) 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4 GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division specs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:04 AM]
Specifications Medium Channels IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*
certification Multiplexing (OFDM) Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6230:
Tx/Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 Intel Centrino Wireless-N 1030:
Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 180 Rx/Tx (Mbps): 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Bluetooth Version 3.0 + HS Microsoft Windows* XP (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows Vista* (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 8 (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 8.1 (32-bit and 64-bit) Wi-Fi* certification for 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11a, 802.11h, 802.11d, WPA-Personal, WPA-
Enterprise, WPA2-Personal, WPA2-Enterprise, WPS, WMM, WMM Power Save, EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-AKA, P2P Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 Cisco Compatible Extensions certification WLAN Standard IEEE 802.11g, 802.11b, 802.11a, 802.11n Architecture Security Infrastructure or ad hoc (peer-to-peer) operating modes WPA-Personal, WPA2-Personal, WPA-Enterprise, WPA2-Enterprise, AES-CCMP 128-bit, WEP 128-
bit and 64-bit; 802.1X: EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-AKA Product Safety UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6235 Form Factor Dimensions Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity Network Standards Connector Interface PCI Express* Half-Mini Card Half-Mini Card: Width 1.049 in x Length 1.18 in x Height 0.18 in (26.64 mm x 30 mm x 4.5 mm) Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 802.11a/b/g/n and Bluetooth 4.0 52-pin Mini Card edge connector specs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:04 AM]
50% to 95% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 5 GHz (802.11a/n) 2.4 GHz (802.11b/g/n) 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM 2.4 GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division 5 GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Tx/Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps Specifications 3.3 V 0 to +80 degrees Celsius Voltage Operating Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band 5.15 GHz - 5.85 GHz (dependent on country) Modulation Wireless Medium Channels IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*
certification 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps Bluetooth Version 4.0 (3.0 +HS ) 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Cisco Compatible Extensions certification WLAN Standard IEEE 802.11g, 802.11b, 802.11a, 802.11n Architecture Security Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8.1 (32-bit and 64-
bit) Wi-Fi* certification for 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11a, 802.11h, 802.11d, WPA-Personal, WPA-
Enterprise, WPA2-Personal, WPA2-Enterprise, WPS, WMM, WMM Power Save, EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-AKA, P2P Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 Infrastructure or ad hoc (peer-to-peer) operating modes WPA-Personal, WPA2-Personal, WPA-Enterprise, WPA2-Enterprise, AES-CCMP 128-bit, WEP 128-
bit and 64-bit; 802.1X: EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-AKA Product Safety UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250 and Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150 Form Factor Dimensions Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity Connector Interface Voltage PCI Express* Half-Mini Card Half-Mini Card: Width 1.049 in x Length 1.18 in x Height 0.18 in (26.64 mm x 30 mm x 4.5 mm) Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 52-pin Mini Card edge connector 3.3 V specs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:04 AM]
Specifications Operating Temperature Humidity WiFi Frequency Modulation 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 95% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250 Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150 2.4 GHz (802.11b/g/n), 5 GHz (802.11a/n) Frequency band 5.15 GHz - 5.85 GHz (dependent on country) Modulation Wireless Medium Channels IEEE 802.11n Data Rates 2.4 GHz (802.11b/g/n) 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM 2.4 GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division 5 GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150 MIMO Configuration: 1X2 Rx: 300, 270, 243, 240, 180 Mbps Rx/Tx: 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 Mbps Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250 MIMO Configuration: 2X2 Tx/Rx: 300, 270, 243, 240, 180, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Microsoft Windows* XP (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows Vista* (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 8 (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 8.1 (32-bit and 64-bit) Wi-Fi* certification for 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11a, 802.11h, 802.11d, WPA-Personal, WPA-
Enterprise, WPA2-Personal, WPA2-Enterprise, WMM, WMM Power Save, EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-AKA Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150:
IEEE 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, 802.11e, 802.11i, 802.11h, 802.11d Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250:
802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, 802.11e, 802.11i, 802.11h, 802.11d Infrastructure or ad hoc (peer-to-peer) operating modes WPA-Personal, WPA2-Personal, WPA-Enterprise, WPA2-Enterprise, AES-CCMP 128-bit, WEP 128-
bit and 64-bit; 802.1X: EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-AKA UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*
certification Cisco Compatible Extensions certification IEEE Feature Sets Architecture Security Product Safety specs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:04 AM]
Specifications WiMAX General Operating Systems Standard Compliance WiMAX System Profile Feature set Microsoft Windows* XP (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows Vista* (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 8 (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 8.1 (32-bit and 64-bit) 802.16e-2005 Corrigenda 2 (D4) Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150:
Mobile WiMAX release 1, Wave II. Supports 3A and 1A/B profiles Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250:
Mobile WiMAX release 1, Wave II. Supports 3A, 5A/C, 1A/B, and 5BL profiles Key Management Protocol (PKMv2) 128-bit CCMP (Counter-Mode/CBC-MAC) based on AES encryption Security Encryption WiMAX Frequency band Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150: 2.3-2.4 GHz / 2.496-2.690 GHz Modulation Wireless Medium WiMAX Network Release Feature set Rate Performance RF Transmitter Output Power Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250: 2.3-2.4 GHz / 2.496-2.690 GHz / 3.4-3.8 GHz UL - QPSK, 16 QAM Scalable OFDMA (SOFDMA): 512 and 1024 FFT Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150:
Channel bandwidths: 5 and 10 MHz Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250:
Channel bandwidths: 5, 7, 8.75 and 10 MHz DL - QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM Duplex mode: TDD operations sub-carrier permutation: PUSC SPWG/NWG Release 1.5 Intel Centrino Wireless-N + WiMAX 6150:
Up to 10 Mbps DL and 4 Mbps UL @ peak rate
(OTA performance, 10MHz channel) Intel Centrino Advanced-N + WiMAX 6250:
Up to 20 Mbps DL and 6 Mbps UL @ peak rate
(OTA performance, 10MHz channel) Compliance with Power class 2 Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6200, Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6205 and Intel Centrino Ultimate-N 6300 Form Factor Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6200, Intel Centrino Ultimate-N 6300:
PCI Express* Full-Mini Card and Half-Mini Card. Dimensions Antenna Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6205: PCI Express* Half-Mini Card. Full-Mini Card: Width 2.00 in x Length 1.18 in x Height 0.18 in (50.95 mm x 30 mm x 4.5 mm) Half-Mini Card: Width 1.049 in x Length 1.18 in x Height 0.18 in (26.64 mm x 30 mm x 4.5 mm) Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 specs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:04 AM]
Specifications On-board diversity 52-pin Mini Card edge connector 3.3 V 0 to +80 degrees Celsius Interface Connector Antenna Diversity Connector Interface Voltage Operating Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band 5.15 GHz - 5.85 GHz (dependent on country) Modulation Wireless Medium Channels IEEE 802.11n Data Rates 50% to 95% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 5 GHz (802.11a/n) 2.4 GHz (802.11b/g/n) 2.400 - 2.4835 GHz (dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM 2.4 GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division 5 GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Intel Centrino Ultimate-N 6300:
Tx/Rx: 450, 405, 360, 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 Mbps Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6200, Intel Centrino Advanced-N 6205:
Tx/Rx: 300, 270, 243, 240, 180, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Microsoft Windows* XP (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows Vista* (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 8 (32-bit and 64-bit) Windows* 8.1 (32-bit and 64-bit) Wi-Fi* certification for 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11a, 802.11h, 802.11d, WPA-Personal, WPA-
Enterprise, WPA2-Personal, WPA2-Enterprise, WMM, WMM Power Save, EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-AKA Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*
certification Cisco Compatible Extensions certification WLAN Standard IEEE 802.11g, 802.11b, 802.11a, 802.11n Architecture Security Infrastructure or ad hoc (peer-to-peer) operating modes WPA-Personal, WPA2-Personal, WPA-Enterprise, WPA2-Enterprise, AES-CCMP 128-bit, WEP 128-
bit and 64-bit; 802.1X: EAP-SIM, LEAP, PEAP, TKIP, EAP-FAST, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS, EAP-AKA UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Product Safety specs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:04 AM]
Specifications Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260 Half-Mini Card and M.2 (Next Generation Form Factor - NGFF) PCIe and USB 2.0 for both form factors Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 802.11ac, 802.11abgn, 802.11d, 802.11e, 802.11i, 802.11h, 802.11w 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 95% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 5GHz (802.11ac/n) 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz (dependent on country) 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260: 2 X 2 All data rates are theoretical maximums. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7260: Up to 867 Mbps CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Tx/Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Dual Mode Bluetooth* 2.1, 2.1+EDR, 3.0, 3.0+HS, 4.0 (BLE) Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8.1 (64-bit) Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* for 802.11ac, a/b/g, n, WMM*, WPA*, WPA2*, and WPS, WPS 2.0, Protected Management Frames. Wi-Fi Direct* for peer-to-peer device connections. Infrastructure and SoftAP; Supports simultaneous Client and SoftAP modes Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, EAP-FAST), EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, AES-CCMP, TKIP WPA2, AES-CCMP Form Factors Electrical interfaces Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity IEEE 802.11 Networking Standards Operating Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11ac Data Rates IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*
certification Architecture Cisco Compatible Extensions certification Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct*
Encryption and Authentication specs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:04 AM]
Specifications Product Safety UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7260 Intel Wireless-N 7260 Half-Mini Card, M.2 (Next Generation Form Factor - NGFF) PCIe, USB 2.0 for both form factors Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 Form Factors Electrical interfaces Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity On-board diversity IEEE 802.11 Networking Standards Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7260 Model 7260HMW AN - 802.11agn, 2x2, Bluetooth 4.0, PCIe, USB, HMC Model 7260NGW AN - 802.11agn, 2x2, Bluetooth 4.0, PCIe, USB, M.2 Model 7260HMW NB - 802.11agn, 2x2, PCIe, USB, HMC Model 7260NGW NB - 802.11agn, 2x2, PCIe, USB, M.2 Intel Wireless-N 7260 Model 7260HMW BN - 802.11agn, 2x2, PCIe, USB, M.2 Model 7260NGW BN - 802.11bgn, 2x2, Bluetooth 4.0, PCIe, USB, M.2 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 95% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 5GHz (802.11a/n) 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz
(dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK Operating Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation
(See above, not all bands supported by all adapters) Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. All adapters: 2 X 2 spatial streams All data rates are theoretical maximums. Tx/Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Dual Mode Bluetooth* 2.1, 2.1+EDR, 3.0, 3.0+HS, 4.0 (BLE) supported by the following Channels 802.11n spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth specs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:04 AM]
Specifications adapters Model 7260HMW AN Model 7260NGW AN Model 7260NGW BN General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*
certification Architecture Cisco Compatible Extensions certification Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct*
Encryption and Authentication Product Safety Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows 8 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8.1 (64-bit) Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* for 802.11ac, a/b/g, n, WMM*, WPA*, WPA2*, and WPS, WPS 2.0, Protected Management Frames. Wi-Fi Direct* for peer-to-peer device connections. Infrastructure and SoftAP; Supports simultaneous Client and SoftAP modes Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, EAP-FAST), EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, AES-CCMP, TKIP WPA2, AES-CCMP UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160 Half-Mini Card and M.2 (Next Generation Form Factor - NGFF) PCIe and USB 2.0 for both form factors Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 802.11ac, 802.11abgn, 802.11d, 802.11e, 802.11i, 802.11h, 802.11w Form Factors Electrical interfaces Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity IEEE 802.11 Networking Standards Operating Temperature 0 to +80 degrees Celsius Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium 50% to 90% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 5GHz (802.11ac/n) 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz (dependent on country) 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160: 1 X 1 All data rates are theoretical maximums. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3160: Up to 433 Mbps CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Tx/Rx (Mbps): 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 Channels Spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11ac Data Rates IEEE 802.11n Data Rates specs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:04 AM]
Specifications IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*
certification Architecture Cisco Compatible Extensions certification Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct*
Encryption and Authentication Product Safety 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Dual Mode Bluetooth* 2.1, 2.1+EDR, 3.0, 3.0+HS, 4.0 (BLE) Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows 8 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8.1 (64-bit) Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* for 802.11ac, a/b/g, n, WMM*, WPA*, WPA2*, and WPS, WPS 2.0, Protected Management Frames. Wi-Fi Direct* for peer-to-peer device connections. Infrastructure and SoftAP; Supports simultaneous Client and SoftAP modes Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, EAP-FAST), EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, AES-CCMP, TKIP WPA2, AES-CCMP UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165 (Model 3165NGW) Form Factors Electrical interfaces Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity IEEE 802.11 Networking Standards M.2 (Next Generation Form Factor - NGFF) PCIe and USB 2.0 Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 802.11abgn, 802.11ac, 802.11d, 802.11e, 802.11i, 802.11h, 802.11w Operating Temperature 0 to +80 degrees Celsius Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium 50% to 90% RH non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 5GHz (802.11ac/n) 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz (dependent on country) 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165: 1 X 1 All data rates are theoretical maximums. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 3165: Up to 433 Mbps CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Channels Spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11ac Data Rates specs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:04 AM]
Specifications IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*
certification Architecture Cisco Compatible Extensions certification Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct*
Encryption and Authentication Product Safety Tx/Rx (Mbps): 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Dual Mode Bluetooth* 2.1, 2.1+EDR, 3.0, 3.0+HS, 4.0 (BLE) Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8.1 (64-bit) Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* for 802.11ac, a/b/g, n, WMM*, WPA*, WPA2*, and WPS, WPS 2.0, Protected Management Frames. Wi-Fi Direct* for peer-to-peer device connections. Infrastructure and SoftAP; Supports simultaneous Client and SoftAP modes Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, EAP-FAST), EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, AES-CCMP, TKIP WPA2, AES-CCMP UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265 (Model 7265NGW) M.2 (Next Generation Form Factor - NGFF) PCIe and USB 2.0 Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 802.11abgn, 802.11ac, 802.11d, 802.11e, 802.11i, 802.11h, 802.11w 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 90% RH non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 5GHz (802.11ac/n) 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz (dependent on country) 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265: 2 X 2 CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Form Factors Electrical interfaces Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity IEEE 802.11 Networking Standards Operating Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Spatial streams specs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:04 AM]
Specifications Data Rates IEEE 802.11ac Data Rates IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*
certification Architecture Cisco Compatible Extensions certification Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct*
Encryption and Authentication Product Safety All data rates are theoretical maximums. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 7265: Up to 867 Mbps Tx/Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Dual Mode Bluetooth* 2.1, 2.1+EDR, 3.0, 3.0+HS, 4.0 (BLE) Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8.1 (64-bit) Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* for 802.11ac, a/b/g, n, WMM*, WPA*, WPA2*, and WPS, WPS 2.0, Protected Management Frames. Wi-Fi Direct* for peer-to-peer device connections. Infrastructure and SoftAP; Supports simultaneous Client and SoftAP modes Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, EAP-FAST), EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, AES-CCMP, TKIP WPA2, AES-CCMP UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7265 (Models 7265NGW AN and 7265NGW NB) Intel Wireless-N 7265 (Model 7265NGW BN) M.2 (Next Generation Form Factor - NGFF) PCIe, USB 2.0 Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 Form Factors Electrical interfaces Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity On-board diversity IEEE 802.11 Networking Standards Intel Dual Band Wireless-N 7265 Model 7265NGW AN - 802.11agn, 2x2, Bluetooth 4.0, PCIe, USB, M.2 Model 7265NGW NB - 802.11agn, 2x2, PCIe, USB, M.2 Intel Wireless-N 7265 Model 7265NGW BN - 802.11bgn, 2x2, Bluetooth 4.0, PCIe, USB, M.2 Operating 0 to +80 degrees Celsius specs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:04 AM]
Specifications Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation
(See above, not all bands supported by all adapters) Frequency band Modulation 50% to 90% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 5GHz (802.11a/n) 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz
(dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK Wireless Medium 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. All adapters: 2 X 2 spatial streams Channels 802.11n spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*
certification Architecture Cisco Compatible Extensions certification Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct*
Encryption and Authentication Product Safety specs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:04 AM]
All data rates are theoretical maximums. Tx/Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Dual Mode Bluetooth* 2.1, 2.1+EDR, 3.0, 3.0+HS, 4.0 (BLE) supported by the following adapters Model 7265HMW AN Model 7265NGW AN Model 7265NGW BN Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows 8 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8.1 (64-bit) Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* for 802.11ac, a/b/g, n, WMM*, WPA*, WPA2*, and WPS, WPS 2.0, Protected Management Frames. Wi-Fi Direct* for peer-to-peer device connections. Infrastructure and SoftAP; Supports simultaneous Client and SoftAP modes Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, EAP-FAST), EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, AES-CCMP, TKIP WPA2, AES-CCMP UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Specifications Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 17265 (17265NGW/17265NGW LC) M.2 Type 3030 M.2 Key 1-DP: 2xPCIe, USB, DP. Interface to Intel Wireless Gigabit-Antenna M10041 Module using X-FL, and one dedicated for Bluetooth X.FL; Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 802.11ac, 802.11ad, 802.11abgn, 802.11a, 802.11d, 802.11e, 802.11i, 802.11h, 802.11w 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 90% RH non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 60GHz (802.11ad) 5GHz (802.11ac/n) 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) 57GHz - 64GHz
(dependent on country) DPSK, BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, DMG control PHY, DMG SC PHY 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz (dependent on country) 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
(OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 17265 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
(OFDM) 1, 2 and 3, subject to country rules N/A All data rates are theoretical maximums. Intel Tri-Band Wireless-AC 17265: Up to 867 Mbps 4620, 3850, 3080, 2503, 2310, 1925, 1540, 1251, 1155, 963, 770, 385 Mbps Tx/Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Dual Mode Bluetooth* 2.1, 2.1+EDR, 3.0, 3.0+HS, 4.0 (BLE) Microsoft Windows 7*, Microsoft Windows 8.1* with connected standby Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* for 802.11ac, a/b/g, n, WMM*, WPA*, WPA2*, and WPS, WPS 2.0, Protected Management Frames. Wi-Fi Direct* for peer-to-peer device connections. Infrastructure and SoftAP; Supports simultaneous Client and SoftAP modes Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 Form Factors Electrical interfaces Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity IEEE 802.11 Networking Standards Operating Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11ac Data Rates IEEE 802.11ad Data Rates IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*
certification Architecture Cisco Compatible Extensions certification specs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:04 AM]
Specifications Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct*
Encryption and Authentication Product Safety WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, EAP-FAST), EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, AES-CCMP, AES-CGMP, TKIP WPA2, AES-CCMP UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 Form Factors Electrical interfaces Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity IEEE 802.11 Networking Standards Operating Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11ac Data Rates IEEE 802.11n Data Rates IEEE 802.11a Data Rates IEEE 802.11g Data Rates IEEE 802.11b Data Rates Bluetooth General Operating Systems Wi-Fi Alliance*
certification Architecture specs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:04 AM]
Half-Mini Card and M.2 (Next Generation Form Factor - NGFF) PCIe and USB 2.0 for both form factors Hirose U.FL-R-SMT mates with cable connector U.FL-LP-066 On-board diversity 802.11ac, 802.11abgn, 802.11d, 802.11e, 802.11i, 802.11h, 802.11w 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 95% non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 5GHz (802.11ac/n) 2.4GHz (802.11b/g/n) 5.15GHz - 5.85GHz (dependent on country) 2.400 - 2.4835GHz (dependent on country) BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, 64 QAM, 256 QAM 5GHz UNII: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) All channels as defined by the relevant specification and country rules. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260: 2 X 2 All data rates are theoretical maximums. Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260: Up to 867 Mbps CCK, DQPSK, DBPSK 2.4GHz ISM: Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Tx/Rx (Mbps): 300, 270, 243, 240, 216.7, 195, 180, 173.3, 150, 144, 135, 130, 120, 117, 115.5, 90, 86.667, 72.2, 65, 60, 57.8, 45, 43.3, 30, 28.9, 21.7, 15, 14.4, 7.2 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps Dual Mode Bluetooth* 2.1, 2.1+EDR, 3.0, 3.0+HS, 4.0 (BLE) Windows* 7 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows* 8.1 (64-bit) Wi-Fi CERTIFIED* for 802.11ac, a/b/g, n, WMM*, WPA*, WPA2*, and WPS, WPS 2.0, Protected Management Frames. Wi-Fi Direct* for peer-to-peer device connections. Infrastructure and SoftAP; Supports simultaneous Client and SoftAP modes Specifications Cisco Compatible Extensions certification Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct*
Encryption and Authentication Product Safety Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, EAP-FAST), EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, AES-CCMP, TKIP WPA2, AES-CCMP UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) Intel Wireless Gigabit Sink W13100 Form Factors Electrical interfaces Antenna Interface Connector Antenna Diversity IEEE 802.11 Networking Standards M.2 Type 3030 M.2 Key 1-DP: 2xPCIe, USB, DP. Interface to Intel Wireless Gigabit-Antenna M10041 Module using X-FL, and one dedicated for Bluetooth X.FL On-board diversity 802.11ac, 802.11ad, 802.11abgn, 802.11a, 802.11d, 802.11e, 802.11i, 802.11h, 802.11w 0 to +80 degrees Celsius 50% to 90% RH non-condensing (at temperatures of 25 C to 35 C) 60GHz (802.11ad) 57GHz - 64GHz (dependent on country) DPSK, BPSK, QPSK, 16 QAM, DMG control PHY, DMG SC PHY 1, 2 and 3, subject to country rules Intel Wireless Gigabit Sink W13100 All data rates are theoretical maximums. Operating Temperature Humidity Frequency Modulation Frequency band Modulation Wireless Medium Channels Spatial streams Data Rates IEEE 802.11ad Data Rates 4620, 3850, 3080, 2503, 2310, 1925, 1540, 1251, 1155, 963, 770, 385 Mbps General Operating Systems Architecture Cisco Compatible Extensions certification Security Authentication Authentication Protocols Encryption Wi-Fi Direct* Encryption and Authentication Product Safety WPA and WPA2, 802.1X (EAP-TLS, TTLS, PEAP, LEAP, EAP-FAST), EAP-SIM, EAP-AKA PAP, CHAP, TLS, GTC, MS-CHAP*, MS-CHAPv2 64-bit and 128-bit WEP, AES-CCMP, AES-CGMP, TKIP WPA2, AES-CCMP Microsoft Windows 7*, Microsoft Windows 8.1* with connected standby Infrastructure and SoftAP; Supports simultaneous Client and SoftAP modes Cisco Compatible Extensions, v4.0 UL, C-UL, CB (IEC/EN 60950-1) specs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:04 AM]
Specifications Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers specs.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:04 AM]
Important Information Back to Contents Important Information Safety Information Third Party Software Notices Safety Information It is important that you read the safety information regarding your WiFi adapter. Please see the User's Guide for safety and regulatory notices. Third Party Software Notices Portions of Intel PROSet/Wireless WiFi Connection Utility include software under the following terms:
OpenSSL License Copyright (c) 1998-2006 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgment: "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written permission. For written permission, please contact openssl-
core@openssl.org. 5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written permission of the OpenSSL Project. 6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment: "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com). This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com). Original SSLeay License Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com) All rights reserved. safety.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:06 AM]
Important Information This package is an SSL implementation written by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com). The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscape's SSL. This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as the following conditions are adhered to. The following conditions apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA, lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code. The SSL documentation included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com). Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in the code are not to be removed. If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution as the author of the parts of the library used. This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgement: "This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)"
The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the routines from the library being used are not cryptographic related. 4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement: "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson
(tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG "AS IS:' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. The license and distribution terms for any publicly available version or derivative of this code cannot be changed. i.e. this code cannot simply be copied and put under another distribution license [including the GNU Public License.]
zlib.h -- interface of the 'zlib' general purpose compression library, version 1.2.3, July 18th, 2005 Copyright (C) 1995-2005 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software. Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required. 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as being the original software. 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution. Jean-loup Gailly jloup@gzip.org Mark Adler madler@alumni.caltech.edu safety.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:06 AM]
Important Information Adapter Driver Portions of the driver include software under the following terms:
WPA Supplicant Copyright (c) 2003-2007, Jouni Malinen <jkmaline@cc.hut.fi> and contributors. All rights reserved. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. Neither the name of Jouni Malinen nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. __________ Copyright (c) 2001, Dr Brian Gladman <brg@gladman.me.uk>, Worcester, UK. All rights reserved. LICENSE TERMS The free distribution and use of this software in both source and binary form is allowed (with or without changes) provided that:
1. Distributions of this source code include the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following 2. distributions in binary form include the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other associated materials;
3. the copyright holder's name is not used to endorse products built using this software without specific written disclaimer;
permission. DISCLAIMER This software is provided 'as is' with no explicit or implied warranties in respect of its properties, including, but not limited to, correctness and fitness for purpose. Issue Date: 29/07/2002 This file contains the definitions required to use AES (Rijndael) in C. Portions Licensed from Devicescape Software, Inc. Intel PROSet/Wireless WiFi Connection Utility contains software licensed from Devicescape Software, Inc. Copyright
(c) 2004 - 2008 Devicescape Software, Inc. All rights reserved.
"Odd Button" Artistic License safety.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:06 AM]
Important Information Portions of this software contain the standard version of "Odd Button" licensed under the Artistic License. The source code for "Odd Button" may be found online at http://sourceforge.net/projects/oddbutton. Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers safety.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:06 AM]
Customer Support Back to Contents Customer Support Intel support is available online or by telephone. Available services include the most up-to-date product information, installation instructions about specific products, and troubleshooting tips. Online Support Technical Support: http://www.intel.com/support Network Product Support: http://www.intel.com/network Corporate Web Site: http://www.intel.com Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers support.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:06 AM]
Warranty Information Back to Contents Warranty Information One-Year Limited Hardware Warranty Limited Warranty In this warranty statement, the term "Product" applies to the wireless adapters listed in Specifications. Intel warrants to the purchaser of the Product that the Product, if properly used and installed, will be free from defects in material and workmanship and will substantially conform to Intels publicly available specifications for the Product for a period of one (1) year beginning on the date the Product was purchased in its original sealed packaging. SOFTWARE OF ANY KIND DELIVERED WITH OR AS PART OF THE PRODUCT IS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED "AS IS", SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDING ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS, IMPLIED (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE), provided however, that Intel warrants that the media on which the software is furnished will be free from defects for a period of ninety (90) days from the date of delivery. If such a defect appears within the warranty period, you may return the defective media to Intel for replacement or alternative delivery of the software at Intel's discretion and without charge. Intel does not warrant or assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of any information, text, graphics, links or other items contained within the software. If the Product which is the subject of this Limited Warranty fails during the warranty period for reasons covered by this Limited Warranty, Intel, at its option, will:
REPAIR the Product by means of hardware and/or software; OR REPLACE the Product with another product, OR, if Intel is unable to repair or replace the Product, REFUND the then-current Intel price for the Product at the time a claim for warranty service is made to Intel under this Limited Warranty. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY, AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES THAT MAY EXIST UNDER APPLICABLE STATE, NATIONAL, PROVINCIAL OR LOCAL LAW, APPLY ONLY TO YOU AS THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OF THE PRODUCT. Extent of Limited Warranty Intel does not warrant that the Product, whether purchased stand-alone or integrated with other products, including without limitation, semi-conductor components, will be free from design defects or errors known as "errata." Current characterized errata are available upon request. Further, this Limited Warranty does NOT cover: (i) any costs associated with the replacement or repair of the Product, including labor, installation or other costs incurred by you, and in particular, any costs relating to the removal or replacement of any Product soldered or otherwise permanently affixed to any printed circuit board or integrated with other products; (ii) damage to the Product due to external causes, including accident, problems with electrical power, abnormal, mechanical or environmental conditions, usage not in accordance with product instructions, misuse, neglect, accident, abuse, alteration, repair, improper or unauthorized installation or improper testing, or (iii) any Product which has been modified or operated outside of Intels publicly available specifications or where the original product identification markings (trademark or serial number) have been removed, altered or obliterated from the Product; or (iv) issues resulting from modification (other than by Intel) of software products provided or included in the Product, (v) incorporation of software products, other than those software products provided or included in the Product by Intel, or (vi) failure to apply Intel-supplied modifications or corrections to any software provided with or included in the Product. How to Obtain Warranty Service To obtain warranty service for the Product, you may contact your original place of purchase in accordance with its instructions or you may contact Intel. To request warranty service from Intel, you must contact the Intel Customer Support ("ICS") center in your region (http://www.intel.com/support/wireless/) within the warranty period during normal business hours (local time), excluding holidays and return the Product to the designated ICS center. Please be prepared to provide: (1) your name, mailing address, email address, telephone numbers and, in the USA, valid warranty.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:07 AM]
Warranty Information credit card information; (2) proof of purchase; (3) model name and product identification number found on the Product; and (4) an explanation of the problem. The Customer Service Representative may need additional information from you depending on the nature of the problem. Upon ICS's verification that the Product is eligible for warranty service, you will be issued a Return Material Authorization ("RMA") number and provided with instructions for returning the Product to the designated ICS center. When you return the Product to the ICS center, you must include the RMA number on the outside of the package. Intel will not accept any returned Product without an RMA number, or that has an invalid RMA number, on the package. You must deliver the returned Product to the designated ICS center in the original or equivalent packaging, with shipping charges pre-paid (within the USA), and assume the risk of damage or loss during shipment. Intel may elect to repair or replace the Product with either a new or reconditioned Product or components, as Intel deems appropriate. The repaired or replaced product will be shipped to you at the expense of Intel within a reasonable period of time after receipt of the returned Product by ICS. The returned Product shall become Intels property on receipt by ICS. The replacement product is warranted under this written warranty and is subject to the same limitations of liability and exclusions for ninety (90) days or the remainder of the original warranty period, whichever is longer. If Intel replaces the Product, the Limited Warranty period for the replacement Product is not extended. WARRANTY LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS THIS WARRANTY REPLACES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES FOR THE PRODUCT AND INTEL DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, COURSE OF DEALING AND USAGE OF TRADE. Some states (or jurisdictions) do not allow the exclusion of implied warranties so this limitation may not apply to you. ALL EXPRESS AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARE LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE LIMITED WARRANTY PERIOD. NO WARRANTIES APPLY AFTER THAT PERIOD. Some states (or jurisdictions) do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so this limitation may not apply to you. LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY INTELS RESPONSIBILITY UNDER THIS OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY, IMPLIED OR EXPRESS, IS LIMITED TO REPAIR, REPLACEMENT OR REFUND, AS SET FORTH ABOVE. THESE REMEDIES ARE THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, INTEL IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY OR UNDER ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS, DOWNTIME, LOSS OF GOODWILL, DAMAGE TO OR REPLACEMENT OF EQUIPMENT AND PROPERTY, AND ANY COSTS OF RECOVERING, REPROGRAMMING, OR REPRODUCING ANY PROGRAM OR DATA STORED IN OR USED WITH A SYSTEM CONTAINING THE PRODUCT), EVEN IF INTEL HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some states (or jurisdictions) do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS, AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS THAT VARY BY STATE OR JURISDICTION. ANY AND ALL DISPUTES ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SHALL BE ADJUDICATED IN THE FOLLOWING FORUMS AND GOVERNED BY THE FOLLOWING LAWS: FOR THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, CANADA, NORTH AMERICA AND SOUTH AMERICA, THE FORUM SHALL BE SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA, USA AND THE APPLICABLE LAW SHALL BE THAT OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE. FOR THE ASIA PACIFIC REGION (EXCEPT FOR MAINLAND CHINA), THE FORUM SHALL BE SINGAPORE AND THE APPLICABLE LAW SHALL BE THAT OF SINGAPORE. FOR EUROPE AND THE REST OF THE WORLD, THE FORUM SHALL BE LONDON AND THE APPLICABLE LAW SHALL BE THAT OF ENGLAND AND WALES IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICT BETWEEN THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE VERSION AND ANY OTHER TRANSLATED VERSION(S)OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY (WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE SIMPLIFIED CHINESE VERSION), THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE VERSION SHALL CONTROL. IMPORTANT! UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED IN WRITING BY INTEL, THE INTEL PRODUCTS SOLD HEREUNDER ARE NOT DESIGNED, OR INTENDED FOR USE IN ANY MEDICAL, LIFE SAVING OR LIFE SUSTAINING SYSTEMS, TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS, NUCLEAR SYSTEMS, OR FOR ANY OTHER MISSION CRITICAL APPLICATION IN WHICH THE FAILURE OF THE INTEL PRODUCT COULD CREATE A SITUATION WHERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH MAY OCCUR. WEEE warranty.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:07 AM]
Warranty Information Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers warranty.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:07 AM]
Glossary Back to Contents Glossary Term 802.11 802.11a 802.11b 802.11g 802.11n 802.1X AAA Server AES-CCMP Definition The 802.11 standard refers to a family of specifications developed by the IEEE for wireless LAN technology. The 802.11 specifies an over-the-air interface between a wireless client and a base station or between two wireless clients and provides 1 or 2 Mbps transmission in the 2.4 GHz band using either frequency hopping spread spectrum (FHSS) or direct sequence spread spectrum (DSSS). The 802.11a standard specifies a maximum data transfer rate of 54 Mbps and an operating frequency of 5 GHz. The 802.11a standard uses the Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
(OFDM) transmission method. Additionally, the 802.11a standard supports 802.11 features such as WEP encryption for security. 802.11b is an extension to 802.11 that applies to wireless networks and provides 11 Mbps transmission (with a fallback to 5.5, 2 and 1 Mbps) in the 2.4 GHz band. 802.11b uses only DSSS. Throughput data rate 5+ Mbps in the 2.4 GHz band. The 802.11g standard specifies a maximum data transfer rate of 54 Mbps, an operating frequency of 2.4GHz, and WEP encryption for security. 802.11g networks are also referred to as Wi-Fi*
networks. A task group of the IEEE 802.11 committee has defined a new draft specification that provides for increased throughput speeds of up to 540 Mbps. The specification provides for Multiple-Input-
Multiple-Output (MIMO) technology, or using multiple receivers and multiple transmitters in both the client and access point, to achieve improved performance. 802.1X is the IEEE Standard for Port-Based Network Access Control. This is used in conjunction with EAP methods to provide access control to wired and wireless networks. Authentication, Authorization and Accounting Server. A system to control access to computer resources and track user activity. A device that connects wireless devices to another network. For example, a wireless LAN, Internet modem or others. computer can initiate a communication session. Also known as a peer-to-peer network, a device to device network or a computer-to-computer network. Advanced Encryption Standard - Counter CBC-MAC Protocol is the new method for privacy protection of wireless transmissions specified in the IEEE 802.11i standard. AES-CCMP provides a stronger encryption method than TKIP. The AES algorithm is capable of using cryptographic keys of 128, 192, and 256 bits to encrypt and decrypt data in 128-bit blocks. AES-CCMP uses the AES block cipher, but restricts the key length to 128 bits. AES-CCMP incorporates two sophisticated cryptographic techniques (counter mode and CBC-MAC) to provide improved security between the mobile client and the access point. Access Point
(AP) Ad Hoc Network A communication configuration in which every computer has the same capabilities, and any Available network Authentication Verifies the identity of a user logging onto a network. Passwords, digital certificates, smart cards and biometrics are used to prove the identity of the client to the network. Passwords and digital certificates are also used to identify the network to the client. One of the networks listed under Available networks on the Wireless Networks tab of the Wireless Network Connection Properties (Windows* XP environment). Any wireless network that is broadcasting and is within receiving range of the WiFi adapter appears on the list. Bit Error Rate. The ratio of errors to the total number of bits being sent in a data transmission from one location to another. The total number of bits (ones and zeros) per second that a network connection can support. Note that this bit rate will vary, under software control, with different signal path conditions. Bit Rate BER Broadcast SSID Used to allow an access point to respond to clients on a wireless network by sending probes. BSSID A unique identifier for each wireless client on a wireless network. The Basic Service Set Identifier
(BSSID) is the Ethernet MAC address of each adapter on the network. glossary.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:07 AM]
Glossary CA (Certificate Authority) CCX (Cisco Compatible eXtension) Certificate CKIP A corporate certification authority implemented on a server. In addition, Internet Explorer's certificate can import a certificate from a file. A trusted CA certificate is stored in the root store. Cisco Compatible Extensions Program ensures that devices used on Cisco wireless LAN infrastructure meet the security, management and roaming requirements. Used for client authentication. A certificate is registered on the authentication server (for example, RADIUS server) and used by the authenticator. Cisco Key Integrity Protocol (CKIP) is a Cisco proprietary security protocol for encryption in 802.11 media. CKIP uses a key message integrity check and message sequence number to improve 802.11 security in infrastructure mode. CKIP is Cisco's version of TKIP. Client computer The computer that gets its Internet connection by sharing either the host computer's connection DSSS EAP EAP-AKA EAP-FAST EAP-GTC EAP-OTP EAP-SIM or the access point's connection. Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum. Technology used in radio transmission. Incompatible with FHSS. Short for Extensible Authentication Protocol, EAP sits inside of Point-to-Point Protocol's (PPP) authentication protocol and provides a generalized framework for several different authentication methods. EAP is supposed to head off proprietary authentication systems and let everything from passwords to challenge-response tokens and public-key infrastructure certificates all work smoothly. EAP-AKA (Extensible Authentication Protocol Method for UMTS Authentication and Key Agreement) is an EAP mechanism for authentication and session key distribution, using the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) Subscriber Identity Module (USIM). The USIM card is a special smart card used with cellular networks to validate a given user with the network. EAP-FAST, like EAP-TTLS and PEAP, uses tunneling to protect traffic. The main difference is that EAP-FAST does not use certificates to authenticate. Provisioning in EAP-FAST is negotiated solely by the client as the first communication exchange when EAP-FAST is requested from the server. If the client does not have a pre-shared secret Protected Access Credential (PAC), it can request to initiate a provisioning EAP-FAST exchange to dynamically obtain one from the server. EAP-FAST documents two methods to deliver the PAC: manual delivery through an out-of-band secure mechanism, and automatic provisioning. Manual delivery mechanisms can be any delivery mechanism that the administrator of the network feels is sufficiently secure for their network. Automatic provisioning establishes an encrypted tunnel to protect the authentication of the client and the delivery of the PAC to the client. This mechanism, while not as secure as a manual method may be, is more secure than the authentication method used in LEAP. The EAP-FAST method can be divided into two parts: provisioning, and authentication. The provisioning phase involves the initial delivery of the PAC to the client. This phase only needs to be performed once per client and user. The EAP-GTC (Generic Token Card) is similar to the EAP-OTP except with hardware token cards. The request contains a displayable message, and the response contains the string read from the hardware token card. EAP-OTP (One-Time Password) is similar to MD5, except it uses the OTP as the response. The request contains a displayable message. The OTP method is defined in RFC 2289. Extensible Authentication Protocol-Subscriber Identity Module (EAP-SIM) authentication can be used with:
Network Authentication types: Open, Shared, and WPA*-Enterprise, WPA2*-Enterprise. Data Encryption types: None, WEP and CKIP. A SIM card is a special smart card that is used by Global System for Mobile Communications
(GSM) based digital cellular networks. The SIM card is used to validate your credentials with the glossary.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:07 AM]
Glossary EAP-TLS EAP-TTLS Encryption FHSS network A type of authentication method that uses EAP and a security protocol called the Transport Layer Security (TLS). EAP-TLS uses certificates that use passwords. EAP-TLS authentication supports dynamic WEP key management. A type of authentication method that uses EAP and Tunneled Transport Layer Security (TTLS). EAP-TTLS uses a combination of certificates and another security method such as passwords. Scrambling data so that only the authorized recipient can read it. Usually a key is needed to interpret the data. Frequency-Hop Spread Spectrum. Technology used in radio transmission. Incompatible with DSSS. A capability that allows a number of people to view, modify, and print the same file(s) from different computers. The threshold at which the wireless adapter breaks the packet into multiple frames. This determines the packet size and affects the throughput of the transmission. A unit of frequency equal to 1,000,000,000 cycles per second. File and printer sharing Fragmentation threshold GHz
(Gigahertz) Host computer The computer that is directly connected to the Internet via a modem or network adapter. Infrastructure network A wireless network centered around an access point. In this environment, the access point not only provides communication with the wired network, but also mediates wireless network traffic in the immediate neighborhood. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) is an organization involved in defining computing and communications standards. The address of a computer that is attached to a network. Part of the address designates which network the computer is on, and the other part represents the host identification. IEEE A high-speed, low-error data network covering a relatively small geographic area. A version of Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP). LEAP is a proprietary extensible authentication protocol developed by Cisco that provides a challenge-response authentication mechanism and dynamic key assignment. A hardwired address applied at the factory. It uniquely identifies network hardware, such as a wireless adapter, on a LAN or WAN. Internet Protocol (IP) address LAN (Local Area Network) LEAP (Light Extensible Authentication Protocol) MAC (Media Access Control) Address Mbps
(Megabits-per-
second) MHz
(Megahertz) MIC (Michael) Message Integrity Check (commonly called Michael). MS-CHAP Transmission speed of 1,000,000 bits per second. A unit of frequency equal to 1,000,000 cycles per second. An EAP mechanism used by the client. Microsoft Challenge Authentication Protocol (MS-CHAP) Version 2, is used over an encrypted channel to enable server validation. The challenge and response packets are sent over a non-exposed TLS encrypted channel. ns(Nanosecond) 1 billionth (1/1,000,000,000) of a second. OFDM Open authentication PEAP Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing. Allows any device network access. If encryption is not enabled on the network, any device that knows the Service Set Identifier (SSID) of the access point can gain access to the network. Protected Extensible Authentication Protocol (PEAP) is an Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) draft protocol sponsored by Microsoft, Cisco, and RSA Security. PEAP creates an encrypted tunnel similar to the tunnel used in secure web pages (SSL). Inside the encrypted tunnel, a number of other EAP authentication methods can be used to perform client authentication. PEAP requires a glossary.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:07 AM]
Glossary Peer-to-Peer mode Power save mode Preferred network RADIUS
(Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service) RF (Radio Frequency) Roaming RTS threshold Shared key SIM (Subscriber Identity Module) Silent mode TLS certificate on the RADIUS server, but unlike EAP-TLS there is no requirement to have a certificate on the client. PEAP has not been ratified by the IETF. The IETF is currently comparing PEAP and TTLS (Tunneled TLS) to determine an authentication standard for 802.1X authentication in 802.11 wireless systems. PEAP is an authentication type designed to take advantage of server-
side EAP-Transport Layer Security (EAP-TLS) and to support various authentication methods, including user passwords and one-time passwords, and Generic Token Cards. A wireless network structure that allows wireless clients to communicate directly with each other without using an access point. The state in which the radio is periodically powered down to conserve power. When the portable computer is in Power Save mode, received packets are stored in the access point until the wireless adapter wakes up. One of the networks that has been configured. Such networks are listed under Preferred networks on the Wireless Networks tab of the Wireless Network Connection Properties (Windows* XP environment). RADIUS is an authentication and accounting system that verifies user's credentials and grants access to requested resources. The international unit for measuring frequency is Hertz (Hz), which is equivalent to the older unit of cycles per second. One MegaHertz (MHz) is one million Hertz. One GigaHertz (GHz) is one billion Hertz. For reference: the standard US electrical power frequency is 60 Hz, the AM broadcast radio frequency band is 0.55 -1.6 MHz, the FM broadcast radio frequency band is 88-
108 MHz, and microwave ovens typically operate at 2.45 GHz. Movement of a wireless node between two micro cells. Roaming usually occurs in infrastructure networks built around multiple access points. Current wireless network roaming is only supported in the same subnet of a network. The number of frames in the data packet at or above which an RTS/CTS (request to send/clear to send) handshake is turned on before the packet is sent. The default value is 2347. An encryption key known only to the receiver and sender of data. This is also referred to as a pre-
shared key. A SIM card is used to validate credentials with the network. A SIM card is a special smart card used by GSM-based digital cellular networks. Silent Mode Access Points or Wireless Routers have been configured to not broadcast the SSID for the wireless network. This makes it necessary to know the SSID in order to configure the wireless profile to connect to the access point or wireless router. Single Sign On Single Sign On feature set allows the 802.1X credentials to match your Windows log on user name SSID (Service Set Identifier) stealth TKIP (Temporal Key Integrity Protocol) and password credentials for wireless network connections. SSID or network name is a value that controls access to a wireless network. The SSID for your wireless network card must match the SSID for any access point that you want to connect with. If the value does not match, you are not granted access to the network. Each SSID may be up to 32 alphanumeric characters long and is case-sensitive. A stealth access point is one that has the capability and is configured to not broadcast its SSID. This is the WiFi network name that appears when a DMU (Device Management Utility, such as Intel PROSet/Wireless WiFi Connection Utility) scans for available wireless networks. Although this can enhance wireless network security, it is commonly considered a weak security feature. To connect to a stealth access point, a user must specifically know the SSID and configure their DMU accordingly. The feature is not a part of the 802.11 specification, and is known by differing names by various vendors: closed mode, private network, SSID broadcasting. Temporal Key Integrity protocol improves data encryption. Wi-Fi Protected Access* uses its TKIP. TKIP provides important data encryption enhancements including a re-keying method. TKIP is part of the IEEE 802.11i encryption standard for wireless networks. TKIP is the next generation of WEP, the Wired Equivalency Protocol, which is used to secure 802.11 wireless networks. TKIP provides per packet key mixing, a message integrity check and a re-keying mechanism, thus glossary.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:07 AM]
Glossary TLS (Transport Layer Security) TTLS (Tunneled Transport Layer Security) WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) WEP Key Wi-Fi*
(Wireless Fidelity) WiMAX fixing the flaws of WEP. A type of authentication method using the Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) and a security protocol called the Transport Layer Security (TLS). EAP-TLS uses certificates which use passwords. EAP-TLS authentication supports dynamic WEP key management. The TLS protocol is intended to secure and authenticate communications across a public network through data encryption. The TLS Handshake Protocol allows the server and client to provide mutual authentication and to negotiate an encryption algorithm and cryptographic keys before data is transmitted. These settings define the protocol and the credentials used to authenticate a user. In TTLS, the client uses EAP-TLS to validate the server and create a TLS-encrypted channel between the client and server. The client can use another authentication protocol. Typically password-based protocols challenge over this encrypted channel to enable server validation. The challenge and response packets are sent over a non-exposed TLS encrypted channel. TTLS implementations today support all methods defined by EAP, as well as several older methods (CHAP, PAP, MS-
CHAP and MS-CHAP-V2). TTLS can easily be extended to work with new protocols by defining new attributes to support new protocols. Wired Equivalent Privacy, 64- and 128-bit (64-bit is sometimes referred to as 40-bit). This is a low-level encryption technique designed to give the user about the same amount of privacy that he would expect from a LAN. WEP is a security protocol for wireless local area networks (WLANs) defined in the 802.11b standard. WEP is designed to provide the same level of security as that of a wired LAN. WEP aims to provide security by data over radio waves so that it is protected as it is transmitted from one end point to another. Either a pass phrase or hexadecimal key. The pass phrase must be 5 ASCII characters for 64-bit WEP or 13 ASCII characters for 128-bit WEP. For pass phrases, 0-9, a-z, A-Z, and ~!@#$%^&*()_+|`-={}|[]\:";'<>?,./ are all valid characters. The hex key must be 10 hexadecimal characters (0-9, A-F) for 64-bit WEP or 26 hexadecimal characters (0-9, A-F) for 128-bit WEP. Is meant to be used generically when referring of any type to 802.11 network, whether 802.11b, 802.11a, or dual-band. WiMAX, the Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access, is a telecommunications technology aimed at providing wireless data over long distances in a variety of ways, from point-to-point links to full mobile cellular type access. It is based on the IEEE 802.16 standard. The name WiMAX was created by the WiMAX Forum, which was formed in June 2001 to promote conformance and interoperability of the standard. The forum describes WiMAX as "a standards-
based technology enabling the delivery of last mile wireless broadband access as an alternative to cable and DSL."
Wireless router A stand-alone wireless hub that allows any computer that has a wireless network adapter to communicate with another computer within the same network and to connect to the Internet. A type of local-area network that uses high-frequency radio waves rather than wires to communicate between nodes. This is a security enhancement that strongly increases the level of data protection and access control to a wireless network. WPA is an interim standard that will be replaced with the IEEE's 802.11i standard upon its completion. WPA consists of RC4 and TKIP and provides support for BSS (Infrastructure) mode only. WPA and WPA2 are compatible. This is the second generation of WPA that complies with the IEEE TGi specification. WPA2 consists of AES encryption, pre-authentication and PMKID caching. It provides support for BSS
(Infrastructure) mode and IBSS (ad hoc) mode. WPA and WPA2 are compatible. WPA2* (Wi-Fi Protected Access 2) WPA-Enterprise Wi-Fi Protected Access-Enterprise applies to corporate users. A new standards-based, interoperable security technology for wireless LAN (subset of IEEE 802.11i draft standard) that encrypts data sent over radio waves. WPA is a Wi-Fi standard that was designed to improve upon the security features of WEP as follows:
Improved data encryption through the temporal key integrity protocol (TKIP). TKIP uses a glossary.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:07 AM]
WLAN (Wireless Local-Area Network) WPA* (Wi-Fi Protected Access) Glossary hashing algorithm to scramble the encryption keys and adds an integrity-checking feature to ensure that the keys have not been tampered with. User authentication, which is generally missing in WEP, through the extensible authentication protocol (EAP). WEP regulates access to a wireless network based on a computer's hardware-specific MAC address, which is relatively simple to be sniffed out and stolen. EAP is built on a more secure public-key encryption system to ensure that only authorized network users can access the network. WPA is an interim standard that will be replaced with the IEEE's 802.11i standard upon its completion. WPA-Personal Wi-Fi Protected Access-Personal provides a level of security in the small network or home WPA-PSK (Wi-Fi Protected-
Access Pre-
Shared Key) environment. WPA-PSK mode does not use an authentication server. It can be used with the data encryption types WEP or TKIP. WPA-PSK requires configuration of a pre-shared key (PSK). You must enter a pass phrase or 64 hex characters for a pre-shared key of length 256-bits. The data encryption key is derived from the PSK. Back to Top Back to Contents Trademarks and Disclaimers glossary.htm[5/21/2015 9:19:07 AM]
various | (8260D2W) Inpho SAR | Internal Photos | 2.56 MiB |
Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 8 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 9 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 10 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 11 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 12 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 13 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 14 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 15 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 16 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 17 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 18 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 19 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00
\
Page: 20 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 21 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 22 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 23 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 24 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 25 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 26 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 27 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 INPAQ Main / Aux Antenna Vendor (MDA-LBLB-04-002) ASUS (14008-02340300) Page: 28 of 28
various | (8260D2W) Inpho SAR 20170330 | Internal Photos | 2.74 MiB | May 04 2017 |
Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 Page: 6 of 24 Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 Page: 7 of 24 Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 Page: 8 of 24 Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 Page: 9 of 24 Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 Page: 10 of 24 Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 Page: 11 of 24 Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 LUXSHARE Main Antenna Vendor (NB02-025009-004H) ASUS (P/N: 14008-02310400) LUXSHARE Aux Antenna Vendor (NB02-025009-004H) ASUS (P/N: 14008-02310400) Page: 12 of 24 Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 Hong Bo Main Antenna Vendor (00-3201005800) ASUS (P/N: 14008-02310100) Hong Bo Aux Antenna Vendor (00-3201005800) ASUS (P/N: 14008-02310100) Page: 13 of 24 Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 Page: 14 of 24 Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 Page: 15 of 24 Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 Page: 16 of 24 Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 Page: 17 of 24 Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 Page: 18 of 24 Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 Page: 19 of 24 Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 Page: 20 of 24 Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 Page: 21 of 24 Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 Page: 22 of 24 Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 Page: 23 of 24 Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 Page: 24 of 24 Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 Page: 25 of 24
various | (8260D2W) Expho | External Photos | 259.54 KiB | May 25 2016 |
Attachment 2 : EUT Detailed Photographs
(1) EUT Photo
(2) EUT Photo Page : 1 of 1
various | (8260D2W) Expho SAR | External Photos | 327.36 KiB |
Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 EUT Photographs Page: 4 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 5 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 6 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 7 of 28 Report No.: 1750313R-SAUSP01V00 Page: 8 of 28
various | (8260D2W) Expho SAR 20170405 | External Photos | 247.52 KiB | May 04 2017 |
Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 EUT Photographs Page: 3 of 24 Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 Page: 4 of 24 Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 Page: 5 of 24 Report No16B0493R-SACAP03V00 Page: 6 of 24
various | (8260D2W) LabelLoc | ID Label/Location Info | 38.05 KiB |
ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. FCC ID Label FCC ID.: MSQ8260D2 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Tel : +886-2-28943447
various | (8260D2W) Labelsmpl | ID Label/Location Info | 41.62 KiB |
ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. The FCC ID Label will be placed on the equipment as shown in the photograph below. FCC ID.: MSQ8260D2 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Tel : +886-2-28943447
various | (8260D2W) ATTESTATION | Cover Letter(s) | 15.42 KiB |
sJLoaUS FCC ID.: MSQ8260D2 Federal Communications Commission July. 03, 2017 Authorization and Evaluation Division ATTESTATION FCC ID: MSQ8260D2 Product: Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 Model: 8260D2W We dont provide any controls or software to allow operation outside the USA frequency band when we sell a product bearing the FCC ID: MSQ8260D2 in USA. Sincerely, 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Tel : +886-2-28943447
various | (8260D2W) Class II Change | Cover Letter(s) | 22.79 KiB |
JEaU>
Declaration of Product Modifications July. 30, 2017 This is to request a Class II permissive change for FCC ID: MSQ8260D2, originally granted on 07/30/2016. The major change filed under this application is:
Change -
#1: Additional Chassis added, ASUSTeK, model number : UX370U, Q325U, ZENBOOK-FP The difference of each model is shown as below:
Model Difference UX370U ooo model) All models are electrically identical, different model names ZENBOOK_EP are for marketing purpose.
#2: Reduce the Output Power through firmware, and SAR measurement were evaluated.
(only reduce Wi-Fi Output Power, Bluetooth Output Power haven't changes).
#3: Addition one antennas, the antenna type is same, the antenna gain is lower than the original application. Sincerely, Jackson|Yien / Asgoiate Vice President Tel: +88612-28943447 Fax: +886-2-28987364 Email: jackson_yen@asus.com
various | (8260D2W) Confidentiality Request | Cover Letter(s) | 25.58 KiB |
JEU FCC ID.: MSQ8260D2 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Tel : +886-2-28943447 Fax: +886-2-28987364 Federal Communications Commission July. 03, 2017 Authorization and Evaluation Division Confidentiality Request Pursuant to Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules, the Applicant Hereby requests confidential treatment of information accompanying this Application As outlined below:
Schematics : (MSQ8260D2) Schem.pdf Block Diagram : (MSQ8260D2) BlkDia.pdf Operational Description : (MSQ8260D2) OPDes.pdf The above materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily Released to the public. The public disclosure of these matters might be harmful to the Applicant and provide unjustified benefits to its competitors. The Applicant understands that pursuant to Rule 0.457, disclosure of this Application and all accompanying documentation will not be made before the date of the Grant for this application. Sincerely, 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Tel : +886-2-28943447
various | (8260D2W) DTS-UNII Declaration letter | Cover Letter(s) | 35.99 KiB |
JEU 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan TEL No: +886-2-28943447 FAX No: +886-2-28987364 DTS-UNIIT Device Declaration Letter To whom it may concern:
We have declared below featured for FCC equipment authorization, Device FCC ID: MSQ8260D2
(i) DFS Device -- [] Master , [] Client with Radar detection capability ,
&] Client without radar detection capability, 1] N/A Date: July. 03 ,2017
(2) Active / Passive Scanning , adhoc mode access point capability Frequency Band Active Scanning passive scanning Ad Hoc Mode or Access point
(MHz) (the device can (where the device is WIFI Direct capability transmit a probe can listen only with no I capability
(beacon)) probes) 2412-2462 LJ Yes , XJ No Kl Yes , EJ] No KX] Yes , LJ No (} Yes , J No 2429-2452 Yes , XNo DX Yes,[] No Bd Yes, [] No 5180-5240 [_] Yes , XJ No &] Yes, [] No LJ Yes , K] No [] Yes , K] No 5260-5320 CJ Yes , KI No XK] Yes, EF] No LJ Yes , X] No (Yes , KX] No 5500-5700 (1 Yes , Xj No X] Yes, [] No Ld Yes , X] No Yes , X] No 5745-5825 [1 Yes , XI No X Yes, L] No LJ Yes , X] No Yes , XJ No 5190-5230 (1 Yes , & No XX] Yes, C1 No LJ Yes , KX] No (J Yes , KJ No 5270-5310 [1 Yes , Kl No Kl] Yes, L] No [_] Yes , XJ No CJ Yes , KI No 5510-5670 Yes , X] No XX] Yes , L] No [_] Yes , Bh] No Ld Yes , KI No 5755-5795 C1 Yes , K] No KX Yes , LF] No Yes , KI] No L] Yes , KI No 5720 Yes , X] No Ki Yes, L] No (J Yes , Bi No } Yes , KI No 5710 Yes , No DX Yes, L] No Yes , DJ No Yes , XI No 5210 Yes , K] No X Yes, L] No fed Ye 8 xX No Yes , KJ No 5290 Yes , No XX Yes, L] No Yes , X} No Yes , XI No 5530-5690 [1 Yes , Ki No XX] Yes, L] No fe Yes , XJ No Yes , K] No 5775 (1 Yes , No XX Yes, [7 No (1 Yes , KJ No Yes , KX] No This information when programmed into the EEPROM will not be accessible and can not be changed by the end user. If you have any questions please do not hesitate to contact us. Signature, Fax:\4{886-2-28987364 Email jackson_yen@asus.com
various | (8260D2W) Declaration of authorization | Cover Letter(s) | 17.17 KiB |
RF_160, Issue 03 ASUS Declaration of Authorization We Name: ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. Address: 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan City: Peitou, Taipei Country: Taiwan Declare that:
Name Representative of agent: Vincent Lin Agent Company name: DEKRA Testing and Certification Co., Ltd. Address: No.5-22, Ruishukeng, Linkou Dist., City: New Taipei City 24451 Country Taiwan, R.O.C. is authorized to apply for Certification of the following product(s):
Product description: Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 FCC ID: MSQ8260D2 Trademark: Intel on our behalf. Date: 2017/07/03 City: Peitou, Taipei Name: Jackson Yen 2) Function: Associate Vice President
Signature: wrap reece Notes:
(1): Required for FCC application
(2): For FCC it must be the Grantee Code owner or the authorized agent.
various | (8260D2W) Doc Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 19.46 KiB |
Ji=h Raa 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan TEL No.: +886-2-28943447 FAX No.: +886-2-28987364 Attestation for FCC Declaration of Conformity FCC ID: MSQ8260D2 Date: July. 03, 2017 Please be notified that we, the undersigned, ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC., declares that the product which bears the above FCC ID is also compliant with the FCC requirements for DoC. The test report number supporting the DoC is 1750313R-ITUSP01V00. Testing in regards to this report was done by DEKRA Testing and Certification Co., Ltd., located at No.5-22, Ruishukeng, Linkou Dist., New Taipei City 24451, Taiwan, R.O.C., which has been accredited in accordance to all of the requirements of 47CFR 2.948 (d) and (e) of the FCC rules and KDB349827. Sincerely, ssociate Vice President ASUSTeK CQMPUTER INC. Tel: +886-2-28943447 Fax: +886-2-28987364 Email: jackson_yen@asus.com
various | (8260D2W) Confidentiality | Cover Letter(s) | 266.24 KiB | May 04 2017 |
ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. FCC ID.: MSQ8260D2 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Tel : +886-2-28943447 Fax: +886-2-28987364 Federal Communications Commission Mar. 22, 2017 Authorization and Evaluation Division Confidentiality Request Pursuant to Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules, the Applicant Hereby requests confidential treatment of information accompanying this Application As outlined below:
Schematics : (8260D2W) Schem.pdf Block Diagram : (8260D2W) BlkDia.pdf Operational Description : (8260D2W) OPDes.pdf The above materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily Released to the public. The public disclosure of these matters might be harmful to the Applicant and provide unjustified benefits to its competitors. The Applicant understands that pursuant to Rule 0.457, disclosure of this Application and all accompanying documentation will not be made before the date of the Grant for this application. Sincerely, 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Tel : +886-2-28943447
various | C2PC Cover Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 59.56 KiB | July 30 2016 |
ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. Declaration of Product Modifications Date: Jul. 29, 2016 This is to request a Class II permissive change for FCC ID: MSQ8260D2, originally granted on 05/25/2016. The subject approved module is being used in a specific host (mobile and portable client devices only). The major change filed under this application is:
Change #1: Frequency band 3 was previously authorized for this device under section 15.247 ofthe rules, this permissive change demonstrates compliance with new UNII rules for this same frequency band under section 15.407. Change #2: The Band 1, Band 2a and Band 2c previously authorized under "Old Rules, a Class II permissive change filing to demonstrate compliance with the New Rules, all others hardware and software is identical with original granted. Change #3: Reduce the Power through firmware to establish conditions based on modular stand-alone SAR evaluation to establish minimum 12mm antenna to user separation distance at a maximum SAR value
<0.8W/kg(1g) for mixed mobile/portable conditions . Sincerely,
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------
sssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooon Yen / AAAAAAAAsssssssssssssssssssssssoooooooooocccciate Vice Pr Jackson Yen / Associate Vice President SSSSSSSSSSSTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTeK COMPPPPPPPPPPPPUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUTEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEER INC. ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC.
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++88888888888888888888888888888888888888886-2-28943444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444777 Tel: +886-2-28943447
: +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++8888888888888888886-2-28987364 Fax: +886-2-28987364 com Email: jackson_yen@asus.com
various | Test Result Authorization | Cover Letter(s) | 82.85 KiB | July 30 2016 |
April 12, 2016 Letter of Authorization To Whom It May Concern:
This is to authorize ASUSTeK Computer Inc., and their agents, to utilize the FCC/IC test report for the Intel 8260D2W, FCC ID: PD98260D2, IC: 1000M-8260D2 for applications to the FCC and Industry Canada for certification under ASUSTeK Computer Inc. name and ID. ASUSTeK Computer Inc. is not authorized to make permissive changes to Intel module approvals under FCC ID: PD98260D2, IC: 1000M-8260D2. Sincerely, Date: April 12, 2016 ___________________________ Steven C. Hackett Wireless Regulatory Engineer Intel Mobile Communications 803-216-2344 steven.c.hackett@intel.com
various | Attestation regarding Authorized Operation | Attestation Statements | 14.96 KiB | July 30 2016 |
ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. FCC ID.: MSQ8260D2 Federal Communications Commission Jun. 13, 2016 Authorization and Evaluation Division ATTESTATION FCC ID: MSQ8260D2 Product: Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 We dont provide any controls or software to allow operation outside the USA frequency band when we sell a product bearing the FCC ID: MSQ8260D2 in USA. Sincerely,
/ Associate Vice President OMPUTER INC. 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan Tel : +886-2-28943447
various | Declation of Client Mode | Attestation Statements | 57.59 KiB | July 30 2016 |
ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C. TEL No: 886-2-2894-3447 FAX No.: 886-2-2898-7364 DTS-UNII Device Declaration Letter Date: Jul.29, 201 To whom it may concern:
We have declared below featured for FCC equipment authorization, Device FCC ID : MSQ8260D2
(1) DFS Device --
Master , Client with Radar detection capability , Client without radar detection capability , N/A
(2) Active / Passive Scanning , adhoc mode access point capability Frequency Band
(MHz) 2412-2472 2422-2462 5180-5240 5260-5320 5500-5700 5745-5825 5190-5230 5270-5310 5510-5670 5755-5795 5720 5710 5210 5290 5775 5530-5690 Active Scanning
(the device can transmit a probe
(beacon)) Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No passive scanning
(where the device is can listen only with no probes) Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No Ad Hoc Mode or WIFI Direct capability Access point capability Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , Yes , No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No This information when programmed into the EEPROM will not be accessible and can not be changed by the end user. If you have any questions please do not hesitate to contact us. Signature
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Jackson Yen / Associate Vice President
/ ////////////////////////////////////////// AsAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA sociate ViVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVVV ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee President COCOOOOOOOCOOOCOCOOMMMMMPMMM UTER IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIINCNCNCNCCCNCCNCNCNNNCNCNCNCNNNNNNNNCCNNCCCNCNCNNNNCNCNNNNNNNCNCNNNNNNCNNCNCNN . ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. 289898898899999998989889888898998988899989889899898899889888889889898988899888999888889894-3447 Tel: 886-2-2894-3447 289899898998989889898888889998889898888898989999988888988988898888999888898888888889898998-7364 Fax: 886-2-2898-7364 Email: jackson_yen@asus.com
various | Software Security Declaration | Operational Description | 147.12 KiB | July 30 2016 |
Software Security Description KDB 594280 D02 U-NII Device Security v01r03 Section II FCC ID: MSQ8260D2 General Description 1. Describe how any software/firmware updates for elements than can affect the devices RF parameters will be obtained, downloaded, validated and installed. For software that is accessed through manufacturers website or devices management system, describe the different levels of security as appropriate. 2. Describe the RF parameters that are modified by any software/firmware without any hardware changes. Are these parameters in some way limited such that any other software/firmware changes will not allow the device to exceed the authorized RF characteristics?
3. Describe in detail the authentication protocols that are in place to ensure that the source of the RF-related software/firmware is valid. Describe in detail how the RF-related software is protected against modification. 4. Describe in detail any encryption methods used to support the use of legitimate RF-related software/firmware. 5. For a device that can be configured as a master and client (with active or passive scanning), explain how the device ensures compliance for each mode? In particular if the device acts as master in some band of operation and client in another; how is compliance ensured in each band of operation?
Third-Party Access Control 1. Explain if any third parties have the capability to operate a U.S.-sold device on any other regulatory domain, frequencies, or in any manner that may allow the device to operate in violation of the devices authorization if activated in the U.S. 2. Describe, if the device permits third-party software or firmware installation, what mechanisms are provided by the manufacturer to permit integration of such functions while ensuring that the RF parameters of the device cannot be operated outside its authorization for operation in the U.S. In the description include what FWCustomer cant change nor modify it. SWit will be obtained by OEM factory. The user or installer cannot modify the content. The RF parameter is written inside the firmware and in Binary coding sequence. It is fixed at the time of production. Customers cannot change or modify it. The RF related part is inside the firmware and in Binary coding sequence. Customers cannot change or modify it. Use the same encryption methods with 2.4GHz Compliant with FCC requirement, both active and passive scanning. Firmware is in binary coding sequence, third parties cannot change or modify it. Firmware is in binary coding sequence, third parties cannot change or modify it. FCC ID: MSQ8260D2 Firmware is in binary coding sequence, host manufacturers cannot change or modify it. Driver is the same for US or other countries. controls and/or agreements are in place with providers of third-party functionality to ensure the devices underlying RF parameters are unchanged and how the manufacturer verifies the functionality. 3. For Certified Transmitter modular devices, describe how the module grantee ensures that host manufacturers fully comply with these software security requirements for U-NII devices. If the module is controlled through driver software loaded in the host, describe how the drivers are controlled and managed such that the modular transmitter RF parameters are not modified outside the grant of authorization. SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION DESCRIPTION KDB 594280 D02v01r02 Section III USER CONFIGURATION GUIDE 1. Describe the user configurations permitted through the UI. If different levels of access are permitted for professional installers, system integrators or end-users, describe the differences. a) What parameters are viewable and configurable by different parties?
Professional installers Professional installers can upgrade the firmware. End-Users can only see general information. (channel of operation, connection status) b) What parameters are accessible or modifiable by the professional installer or system integrators?
WiFi/BT coexistence parameters, configuration of channel / frequency under FCC rules.
(1) Are the parameters in some way limited, so that the installers will not enter parameters that exceed those authorized?
Yes, configuration of channel / frequency, modulation type and transmit power are not modifiable by installers or users.
(2) What controls exist that the user cannot operate the device outside its authorization in the U.S.?
User cannot control. The UI cannot allow access to parameter settings. c) What parameters are accessible or modifiable by the end-user?
(1) Are the parameters in some way limited, so that the user or installers will not enter parameters that exceed those authorized?
No configuration accessible by end-users. Users can only see general status. Regulatory parameters are not accessible. No configuration accessible by end-user. Regulatory parameters are not accessible.
(2) What controls exist so that the user cannot operate the device outside its authorization in the U.S.?
No configuration accessible by end-user. Regulatory parameters are not accessible. d) Is the country code factory set? Can it be changed It cannot be changed in the UI in the UI?
FCC ID: MSQ8260D2
(1) If it can be changed, what controls exist to ensure that the device can only operate within its authorization in the U.S.?
It cannot be changed in the UI e) What are the default parameters when the device US is restarted?
2. Can the radio be configured in bridge or mesh mode?
If yes, an attestation may be required. Further information is available in KDB Publication 905462 D02. No End-user cannot configure it. End-user cannot configure it 3. For a device that can be configured as a master and client (with active or passive scanning), if this is user configurable, describe what controls exist, within the UI, to ensure compliance for each mode. If the device acts as a master in some bands and client in others, how is this configured to ensure compliance?
4. For a device that can be configured as different types of access points, such as point-to-point or point-to-
multipoint, and use different types of antennas, describe what controls exist to ensure compliance with applicable limits and the proper antenna is used for each mode of operation. (See Section 15.407(a))
various | (8260D2W) ACB-Form-FCC-Application-Letters | Cover Letter(s) | 23.11 KiB | May 25 2016 |
THIS MUST BE SIGNED BY THE APPLICANT AND SHOULD BE PLACED ON APPLICANTS LETTERHEAD ONLY IF AGENT IS SUBMITTING APPLICATION Authority to Act as Agent Date: 18 day of May, 2016 American Certification Body, Inc. 6731 Whittier Avenue Suite C110 McLean, VA 22101 To Whom It May Concern:
QuieTek Corporation is authorized to act on our behalf, until otherwise notified, for applications to American Certification Body, Inc. (ACB). We certify that we are not subject to denial of federal benefits, that includes FCC benefits, pursuant to Section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, 21 U.S.C. 862. Further, no party, as defined in 47 CFR 1.2002 (b), to the application is subject to denial of federal benefits, that includes FCC benefits. Thank you, Agency Agreement Expiration Date: (Typically 8 12 months) By:
(Signature) Jackson Yen
(Print name) Title: i ce President On behalf of: ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC.
(Company Name) Telephone: +886-2-28943447
' Must be signed by applicant contact given for applicant on the FCC site, or by the authorized agent if an appropriate authorized agent letter has been provided. Letters should be placed on appropriate letterhead. 020415 08
various | (8260D2W) Declaration letter for electrically identical | Cover Letter(s) | 49.12 KiB | May 25 2016 |
ASUS Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, Maryland 21046 USA Subject: Declaration of Changing ID, FCC ID: PD97265D2 Date: May 18%, 2016 To Whom It May Concern, We, ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC., would like to precede a change ID project. Original application information:
Company name: Intel Mobile Communications FCC ID: PD98260D2 Product name: Inte] Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 Model name: 8260D2W Original issued date: May 26, 2015 We would like to market the above referenced product under our FCC ID:
MSQ8260D2 and part no. is 8260D2W. All other hardware and software is identical with original granted. This application has been authorized by Intel Mobile Communications. We would like to declare that MSQ8260Dz2 is electrically identical and the only changed is the label on the device. The original test results continue to be representative of and applicable to the changed equipment. Sincerely, ssociate Vice President, on behalf of ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC.
various | (8260D2W) FCC Auth Ltr Change of ID | Cover Letter(s) | 124.92 KiB | May 25 2016 |
Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, Maryland 21046 USA Re: Change of Identification Authorization, FCC ID: PD98260D2 Date: April 12, 2016 To Whom It May Concern:
This letter grants authorization for representatives of ASUSTeK Computer Inc. to apply to the FCC for a change in identification as specified under 47CFR2.933 of the FCC rules. This authorization applies to the Intel Corporation, Intel Wireless 8260, 802.11a/b/g/n/ac+ BT Solder Down form factor, model: 8260D2W, FCC ID: PD98260D2, original approval date 5/26/2015. We are aware that ASUSTeK Computer Inc. intends to market the above referenced product under their FCC ID: MSQ8260D2, part number 8260D2W. Sincerely, Date: April 12, 2016 Steven C. Hackett Wireless Regulatory Engineer Intel Mobile Communications 803-216-2344 steven.c.hackett@intel.com Intel Mobile Communications 100 Center Point Circle, Suite 200 Columbia, South Carolina 29210 USA
various | (8260D2W) RF 160 03, Declaration of authorization | Cover Letter(s) | 17.14 KiB | May 25 2016 |
RF_160, Issue 03 ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. Declaration of Authorization We Name: ASUSTeK COMPUTER INC. Address: 4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd., Peitou, Taipei, Taiwan City: Taipei Country: Taiwan Declare that:
Name Representative of agent: Vincent Lin 0 Agent Company name: QuieTek Corp. Address: No, 5-22, Ruishukeng, Linkou Dist., 24451, City: New Taipei City Country Taiwan. R.O.C. is authorized to apply for Certification of the following product(s):
Product description: Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 FCC ID: MSQ8260D2 Trademark: Intel on our behalf. Date: May 18, 2016 City: Peitou, Taipei Name: Jackson Yen Function: Associate Vice President Signature: boy Ly, Notes:
(1): Required for PCC application
(2): For FCC it must be the Grantee Code owner or the authorized agent.
frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2017-07-19 | 2422 ~ 2452 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | Class II permissive change or modification of presently authorized equipment |
2 | 5775 ~ 5775 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||
3 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | ||
4 | 2017-04-05 | 2422 ~ 2452 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | |
5 | 5775 ~ 5775 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||
6 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | ||
7 | 2017-03-29 | 2422 ~ 2452 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | |
8 | 5775 ~ 5775 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||
9 | 2017-03-28 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | |
10 | 2017-01-07 | 5775 ~ 5775 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | |
11 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | ||
12 | 2422 ~ 2452 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||
13 | 2016-08-18 | 2422 ~ 2452 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | |
14 | 5775 ~ 5775 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||
15 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | ||
16 | 2016-07-30 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | |
17 | 5775 ~ 5775 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||
18 | 2422 ~ 2452 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||
19 | 2016-05-25 | 2402 ~ 2480 | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | Change in identification of presently authorized equipment. Original FCC ID: PD98260D2 Grant Date: 05/26/2015 |
20 | 5775 ~ 5775 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||
21 | 5720 ~ 5720 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||
22 | JBP - Part 15 Class B Computing Device Peripheral |
app s | Applicant Information | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
various | Effective |
2017-07-19
|
||||
various |
2017-04-05
|
|||||
various |
2017-03-29
|
|||||
various |
2017-03-28
|
|||||
various |
2017-01-07
|
|||||
various |
2016-08-18
|
|||||
various |
2016-07-30
|
|||||
various |
2016-05-25
|
|||||
various | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
ASUSTeK Computer Inc
|
||||
various | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0005821988
|
||||
various | Physical Address |
4F, No. 150, Li-Te Rd.
|
||||
various |
Peitou, Taipei, 112
|
|||||
various |
Taiwan
|
|||||
app s | TCB Information | |||||
various | TCB Application Email Address |
h******@acbcert.com
|
||||
various | TCB Scope |
A4: UNII devices & low power transmitters using spread spectrum techniques
|
||||
various |
A1: Low Power Transmitters below 1 GHz (except Spread Spectrum), Unintentional Radiators, EAS (Part 11) & Consumer ISM devices
|
|||||
app s | FCC ID | |||||
various | Grantee Code |
MSQ
|
||||
various | Equipment Product Code |
8260D2
|
||||
app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
various | Name |
J******** Y********
|
||||
various | Title |
Associate Vice President
|
||||
various | Telephone Number |
+886-********
|
||||
various | Fax Number |
+886-********
|
||||
various |
j******@asus.com
|
|||||
app s | Technical Contact | |||||
various | Firm Name |
DEKRA Testing and Certification Co., Ltd
|
||||
various |
DEKRA Testing and Certification Co., Ltd.
|
|||||
various |
QuieTek Corporation
|
|||||
various | Name |
V**** W****
|
||||
various |
V******** W****
|
|||||
various |
M****** C******
|
|||||
various | Physical Address |
No. 5-22, Rueishu Keng, Linkou Dist.
|
||||
various |
No.159, Sec. 2, Wenhua 1st Rd., Linkou Dist
|
|||||
various |
No.159, Sec. 2, Wenhua 1st Rd., Linkou Dist.
|
|||||
various |
No. 5-22, Ruishukeng, Linkou Dist
|
|||||
various |
No. 5-22, Ruishukeng, Linkou Dist.
|
|||||
various |
New Taipei City, 24451
|
|||||
various |
New Taipei City
|
|||||
various |
New Taipei City, 244
|
|||||
various |
New Taipei City, 24457
|
|||||
various |
Taiwan
|
|||||
various |
Finland
|
|||||
various | Telephone Number |
886-2******** Extension:
|
||||
various |
886-2******** Extension:
|
|||||
various |
886-2******** Extension:
|
|||||
various | Fax Number |
886-2********
|
||||
various |
886-2********
|
|||||
various |
v******@dekra.com
|
|||||
various |
v******@quietek.com
|
|||||
various |
m******@quietek.com
|
|||||
app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
various | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
various | No | |||||
various | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | No | ||||
if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
various | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
various | Equipment Class | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||||
various | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | |||||
various | DSS - Part 15 Spread Spectrum Transmitter | |||||
various | JBP - Part 15 Class B Computing Device Peripheral | |||||
various | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | Intel Dual Band Wireless-AC 8260 | ||||
various | Wireless Network Adapter | |||||
various | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | No | ||||
various | Modular Equipment Type | Single Modular Approval | ||||
various | Purpose / Application is for | Class II permissive change or modification of presently authorized equipment | ||||
various | Change in identification of presently authorized equipment. Original FCC ID: PD98260D2 Grant Date: 05/26/2015 | |||||
various | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | Yes | ||||
various | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | No | ||||
various | Grant Comments | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 12 mm from all persons and must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrators to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a 2 x 2 MIMO configuration, enabled for either 2.4 or 5 GHz band and has 20, 40 and 80MHz bandwidth operations as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrators must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. Class II Permissive Change with a decrease in the WLAN Output Power through firmware and to request approval for portable category specific host Notebook PC, model number: ASUS UX370U, Q325U and ZENBOOK-FP, with antenna INPAQ, part no. MDA-LBLB-04-002, 14008-02340300. The highest measured body SAR values are: 1.06 W/kg. Simultaneous TX: 1.22 W/kg. | ||||
various | Power output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 12 mm from all persons and must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrators to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a 2 x 2 MIMO configuration, enabled for 5 GHz band and has 20 MHz, 40 MHz and 80 MHz bandwidth operations as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrators must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. Class II Permissive Change with a decrease in the WLAN Output Power through firmware and to request approval for portable category specific host Notebook PC, model number: ASUS UX370U, Q325U and ZENBOOK-FP, with antenna INPAQ, part no. MDA-LBLB-04-002, 14008-02340300. The highest body SAR values are: 1.09 W/kg. Simultaneous TX: 1.17 W/kg. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. End-users and installers must be provided with transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. Class II Permissive Change with a decrease in the WLAN Output Power through firmware and to request approval for portable category specific host Notebook PC, model number: ASUS UX370U, Q325U and ZENBOOK-FP, with antenna INPAQ, part no. MDA-LBLB-04-002, 14008-02340300. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 12 mm from all persons and must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrators to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a 2 x 2 MIMO configuration, enabled for either 2.4 or 5 GHz band and has 20, 40 and 80MHz bandwidth operations as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrators must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. Class II Permissive Change with a decrease in the WLAN Output Power through firmware and to request approval for portable category specific host Notebook PC, model number: ASUS UX490U, UX3490U and ZenBook3V, with antenna Hong Bo, part no. 00-3201005800, 14008-02310100 and LUXSHARE, part no. NB02-025009-004H, 14008-02310400. The highest measured body SAR values are: 0.53 W/kg. Simultaneous TX: 0.64 W/kg. | |||||
various | Power output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 12 mm from all persons and must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrators to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a 2 x 2 MIMO configuration, enabled for 5 GHz band and has 20 MHz, 40 MHz and 80 MHz bandwidth operations as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrators must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. Class II Permissive Change with a decrease in the WLAN Output Power through firmware and to request approval for portable category specific host Notebook PC, model number: ASUS UX490U, UX3490U and ZenBook3V, with antenna Hong Bo, part no. 00-3201005800, 14008-02310100 and LUXSHARE, part no. NB02-025009-004H, 14008-02310400. The highest body SAR values are: 1.18 W/kg. Simultaneous TX: 1.29 W/kg. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. End-users and installers must be provided with transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. Class II Permissive Change with a decrease in the WLAN Output Power through firmware and to request approval for portable category specific host Notebook PC, model number: ASUS UX490U, UX3490U and ZenBook3V, with antenna Hong Bo, part no. 00-3201005800, 14008-02310100 and LUXSHARE, part no. NB02-025009-004H, 14008-02310400. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 12 mm from all persons and must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrators to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a 2 x 2 MIMO configuration, enabled for either 2.4 or 5 GHz band and has 20, 40 and 80MHz bandwidth operations as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrators must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. Class II Permissive Change with a decrease in the WLAN Output Power through firmware and to request approval for portable category specific host Tablet PC, model number: ASUS Q325U, with antenna INPAQ, part no. MDA-LBLB-04-001, 14008-02340000. The highest measured body SAR values are: 0.97 W/kg. Simultaneous TX: 1.19 W/kg. | |||||
various | Power output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 12 mm from all persons and must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrators to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a 2 x 2 MIMO configuration, enabled for 5 GHz band and has 20 MHz, 40 MHz and 80 MHz bandwidth operations as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrators must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. Class II Permissive Change with a decrease in the WLAN Output Power through firmware and to request approval for portable category specific host Tablet PC, model number: ASUS Q325U, with antenna INPAQ, part no. MDA-LBLB-04-001, 14008-02340000. The highest body SAR values are: 0.39 W/kg. Simultaneous TX: 0.62 W/kg. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. End-users and installers must be provided with transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. Class II Permissive Change with a decrease in the WLAN Output Power through firmware and to request approval for portable category specific host Tablet PC, model number: ASUS Q325U, with antenna INPAQ, part no. MDA-LBLB-04-001, 14008-02340000. | |||||
various | Power output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 12 mm from all persons and must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrators to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a 2 x 2 MIMO configuration, enabled for 5 GHz band and has 20 MHz, 40 MHz and 80 MHz bandwidth operations as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrators must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. Class II Permissive Change with a decrease in the WLAN Output Power through firmware and to request approval for portable category specific host Tablet PC, model number: ASUS T304U, with antenna ACON, part no. APF5Y-100000, APP6Y-100031, 14008-02140100, 14008-02140000 and INPAQ, part no. WA-F-LB-01-041, WA-P-LB-02-395, 14008-02140300, 14008-02140200. The highest measured body SAR values are: 1.02 W/kg. Simultaneous TX: 1.44 W/kg. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. End-users and installers must be provided with transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. Class II Permissive Change with a decrease in the WLAN Output Power through firmware and to request approval for portable category specific host Tablet PC, model number: ASUS T304U, with antenna ACON, part no. APF5Y-100000, APP6Y-100031, 14008-02140100, 14008-02140000 and INPAQ, part no. WA-F-LB-01-041, WA-P-LB-02-395, 14008-02140300, 14008-02140200. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 12 mm from all persons and must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrators to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a 2 x 2 MIMO configuration, enabled for either 2.4 or 5 GHz band and has 20, 40 and 80MHz bandwidth operations as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrators must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. Class II Permissive Change with a decrease in the WLAN Output Power through firmware and to request approval for portable category specific host Tablet PC, model number: ASUS T304U, with antenna ACON, part no. APF5Y-100000, APP6Y-100031, 14008-02140100, 14008-02140000 and INPAQ, part no. WA-F-LB-01-041, WA-P-LB-02-395, 14008-02140300, 14008-02140200. The highest measured body SAR values are: 1.01 W/kg. Simultaneous TX: 1.13 W/kg. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 12 mm from all persons and must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrators to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a 2 x 2 MIMO configuration, enabled for either 2.4 or 5 GHz band and has 20, 40 and 80MHz bandwidth operations as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrators must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. Class II Permissive Change with a decrease in the WLAN Output Power through firmware and to request approval for portable category specific host notebook PC, model number: ASUS UX390U and ZenBook3U, with antenna Hong Bo, part no. 00-3201003600, 14008-02050300 and LUXSHARE, part no. LA0002RF017, 14008-02050200. The highest measured body SAR values are: 1.07 W/kg. Simultaneous TX: 0.70 W/kg. | |||||
various | Power output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 12 mm from all persons and must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrators to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a 2 x 2 MIMO configuration, enabled for 5 GHz band and has 20 MHz, 40 MHz and 80 MHz bandwidth operations as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrators must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. Class II Permissive Change with a decrease in the WLAN Output Power through firmware and to request approval for portable category specific host notebook PC, model number: ASUS UX390U and ZenBook3U, with antenna Hong Bo, part no. 00-3201003600, 14008-02050300 and LUXSHARE, part no. LA0002RF017, 14008-02050200. The highest measured body SAR values are: 0.79 W/kg. Simultaneous TX: 0.96 W/kg. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. End-users and installers must be provided with transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. Class II Permissive Change with a decrease in the WLAN Output Power through firmware and to request approval for portable category specific host notebook PC, model number: ASUS UX390U and ZenBook3U, with antenna Hong Bo, part no. 00-3201003600, 14008-02050300 and LUXSHARE, part no. LA0002RF017, 14008-02050200. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. End-users and installers must be provided with transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. Class II Permissive Change to reduce WLAN output power by firmware. | |||||
various | Power output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 12 mm from all persons and must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrators to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a 2 x 2 MIMO configuration, enabled for 5 GHz band and has 20 MHz, 40 MHz and 80 MHz bandwidth operations as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrators must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. Class II Permissive Change to reduce output power by firmware and to ensure compliance to the new U-NII rules as modified by MO&O FCC 16-24. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 12 mm from all persons and must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrators to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a 2 x 2 MIMO configuration, enabled for either 2.4 or 5 GHz band and has 20, 40 and 80MHz bandwidth operations as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrators must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. Class II Permissive Change to reduce WLAN output power by firmware. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. End-users and installers must be provided with transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrators to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a 2 x 2 MIMO configuration, enabled for either 2.4 or 5 GHz band and has 20, 40 and 80MHz bandwidth operations as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrators must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. | |||||
various | Power Output listed is conducted. Modular Approval. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must be used in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. Only those antenna(s) tested with the device or similar antenna(s) with equal or lesser gain may be used with this transmitter. Grantee must coordinate with OEM integrators to determine applicable host configurations to ensure RF exposure compliance, including simultaneous transmission SAR requirements according to published KDB 616217 Supplement documentation. When all conditions of this filing cannot be met installation of this device into specific final products may require the submission of a permissive change application, containing appropriate data demonstrating compliance, or a new application. Device is a 2 x 2 MIMO configuration, enabled for 5 GHz band and has 20 MHz, 40 MHz and 80 MHz bandwidth operations as described in this filing. OEM/Host integrators must be provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions to satisfy RF exposure compliance. OEM/Host integrator is responsible for complying with the instructions and requirements for each transmitter they choose to integrate into a host product. | |||||
various | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
various | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
various | Firm Name |
DEKRA Testing and Certification Co., Ltd.
|
||||
various |
DEKRA TESTING AND CERTIFICATION CO., LTD. LinKou
|
|||||
various | Name |
S******** H********
|
||||
various | Telephone Number |
886-2******** Extension:
|
||||
various |
+886-******** Extension:
|
|||||
various | Fax Number |
886-2********
|
||||
various |
+886-********
|
|||||
various |
s******@quietek.com
|
|||||
various |
s******@dekra.com
|
|||||
Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.01 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 2 | 15C | CC MO | 2412 | 2462 | 0.3606 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 3 | 15C | CC MO | 2422 | 2452 | 0.2427 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5180 | 5240 | 0.1393 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 2 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5190 | 5230 | 0.1374 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 3 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5210 | 5210 | 0.0969 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 4 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5260 | 5320 | 0.1389 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 5 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5270 | 5310 | 0.1369 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 6 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5290 | 5290 | 0.0884 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 7 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5500 | 5700 | 0.1383 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 8 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5510 | 5670 | 0.1407 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 9 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5530 | 5690 | 0.189 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5720 | 5720 | 0.145 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 11 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5710 | 5710 | 0.1918 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 12 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5745 | 5825 | 0.3908 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 13 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5755 | 5795 | 0.3733 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 14 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5775 | 5775 | 0.2393 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0138000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.01 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 2 | 15C | CC MO | 2412 | 2462 | 0.3606 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 3 | 15C | CC MO | 2422 | 2452 | 0.2427 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5180 | 5240 | 0.1393 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 2 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5190 | 5230 | 0.1374 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 3 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5210 | 5210 | 0.0969 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 4 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5260 | 5320 | 0.1389 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 5 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5270 | 5310 | 0.1369 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 6 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5290 | 5290 | 0.0884 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 7 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5500 | 5700 | 0.1383 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 8 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5510 | 5670 | 0.1407 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 9 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5530 | 5690 | 0.189 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5720 | 5720 | 0.145 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 11 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5710 | 5710 | 0.1918 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 12 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5745 | 5825 | 0.3908 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 13 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5755 | 5795 | 0.3733 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 14 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5775 | 5775 | 0.2393 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0138000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.01 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 2 | 15C | CC MO | 2412 | 2462 | 0.3606 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 3 | 15C | CC MO | 2422 | 2452 | 0.2427 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5180 | 5240 | 0.1393 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | 2 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5190 | 5230 | 0.1374 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | 3 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5210 | 5210 | 0.0969 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | 4 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5260 | 5320 | 0.1389 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | 5 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5270 | 5310 | 0.1369 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | 6 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5290 | 5290 | 0.0884 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | 7 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5500 | 5700 | 0.1383 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | 8 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5510 | 5670 | 0.1407 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | 9 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5530 | 5690 | 0.189 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5720 | 5720 | 0.145 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | 11 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5710 | 5710 | 0.1918 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | 12 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5745 | 5825 | 0.3908 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | 13 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5755 | 5795 | 0.3733 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | 14 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5775 | 5775 | 0.2393 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
9 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0138000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5180 | 5240 | 0.1393 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10 | 2 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5190 | 5230 | 0.1374 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10 | 3 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5210 | 5210 | 0.0969 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10 | 4 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5260 | 5320 | 0.1389 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10 | 5 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5270 | 5310 | 0.1369 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10 | 6 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5290 | 5290 | 0.0884 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10 | 7 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5500 | 5700 | 0.1383 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10 | 8 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5510 | 5670 | 0.1407 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10 | 9 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5530 | 5690 | 0.189 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5720 | 5720 | 0.145 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10 | 11 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5710 | 5710 | 0.1918 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10 | 12 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5745 | 5825 | 0.3908 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10 | 13 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5755 | 5795 | 0.3733 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10 | 14 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5775 | 5775 | 0.2393 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
11 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0138000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.01 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | 2 | 15C | CC MO | 2412 | 2462 | 0.3606 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
12 | 3 | 15C | CC MO | 2422 | 2452 | 0.2427 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.01 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13 | 2 | 15C | CC MO | 2412 | 2462 | 0.3606 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
13 | 3 | 15C | CC MO | 2422 | 2452 | 0.2427 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5180 | 5240 | 0.1393 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14 | 2 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5190 | 5230 | 0.1374 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14 | 3 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5210 | 5210 | 0.0969 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14 | 4 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5260 | 5320 | 0.1389 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14 | 5 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5270 | 5310 | 0.1369 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14 | 6 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5290 | 5290 | 0.0884 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14 | 7 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5500 | 5700 | 0.1383 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14 | 8 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5510 | 5670 | 0.1407 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14 | 9 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5530 | 5690 | 0.189 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5720 | 5720 | 0.145 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14 | 11 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5710 | 5710 | 0.1918 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14 | 12 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5745 | 5825 | 0.3908 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14 | 13 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5755 | 5795 | 0.3733 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
14 | 14 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5775 | 5775 | 0.2393 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
15 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0138000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0138000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5180 | 5240 | 0.1393 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 2 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5190 | 5230 | 0.1374 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 3 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5210 | 5210 | 0.0969 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 4 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5260 | 5320 | 0.1389 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 5 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5270 | 5310 | 0.1369 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 6 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5290 | 5290 | 0.0884 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 7 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5500 | 5700 | 0.1383 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 8 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5510 | 5670 | 0.1407 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 9 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5530 | 5690 | 0.189 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 1 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5720 | 5720 | 0.145 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 11 | 15E | 38 CC MO ND | 5710 | 5710 | 0.1918 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 12 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5745 | 5825 | 0.3908 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 13 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5755 | 5795 | 0.3733 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
17 | 14 | 15E | 38 CC MO | 5775 | 5775 | 0.2393 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
18 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.01 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
18 | 2 | 15C | CC MO | 2412 | 2462 | 0.3606 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
18 | 3 | 15C | CC MO | 2422 | 2452 | 0.2427 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
19 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402.00000000 | 2480.00000000 | 0.0138000 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
20 | 1 | 15C | CC | 2402 | 2480 | 0.01 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
20 | 2 | 15C | CC MO | 2412 | 2462 | 0.3606 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
20 | 3 | 15C | CC MO | 2422 | 2452 | 0.2427 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
20 | 4 | 15C | CC MO | 5745 | 5825 | 0.3908 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
20 | 5 | 15C | CC MO | 5755 | 5795 | 0.3733 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
20 | 6 | 15C | CC MO | 5775 | 5775 | 0.2393 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
21 | 1 | 15E | CC MO | 5180 | 5240 | 0.1393 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
21 | 2 | 15E | CC MO | 5190 | 5230 | 0.1374 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
21 | 3 | 15E | CC MO | 5210 | 5210 | 0.0969 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
21 | 4 | 15E | CC MO ND | 5260 | 5320 | 0.1389 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
21 | 5 | 15E | CC MO ND | 5270 | 5310 | 0.1369 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
21 | 6 | 15E | CC MO ND | 5290 | 5290 | 0.0884 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
21 | 7 | 15E | CC MO ND | 5500 | 5700 | 0.1383 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
21 | 8 | 15E | CC MO ND | 5510 | 5670 | 0.1407 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
21 | 9 | 15E | CC MO ND | 5530 | 5690 | 0.189 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
21 | 1 | 15E | CC MO ND | 5720 | 5720 | 0.145 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
21 | 11 | 15E | CC MO ND | 5710 | 5710 | 0.1918 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
22 | 1 | 15B | CC |
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC